QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 25, 2003

Registration No. 333-98679



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

Massachusetts 424330 13-3912933
(State or other jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
(North American Industry
Classification System Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

The Proscenium
1170 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 900
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Telephone: (404) 745-2700
Facsimile: (404) 892-0968
(Address, including zip code and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Michael D. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
The Proscenium
1170 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 900
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Telephone: (404) 745-2700
Facsimile: (404) 892-0968
(Name, address, including zip code and telephone
number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Joel F. Freedman, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Telephone: (617) 951-7000
Facsimile: (617) 951-7050
  Robert E. Buckholz, Jr., Esq.
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Telephone: (212) 558-4000
Facsimile: (212) 558-3588

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED   PROPOSED MAXIMUM AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE(1)   AMOUNT OF REGISTRATION FEE

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE   $100,000,000   $9,200.00(2)

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933. Includes shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option.

(2)
Previously paid.

        The registrant plans to re-incorporate in Delaware and change its name to Carter's, Inc. before circulating the prospectus included in this filing.

        The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated August 25, 2003.

                    Shares

CARTER_K_LOGO

Common Stock


        This is an initial public offering of common stock of Carter Holdings, Inc.

        Carter's is offering                  of the shares to be sold in this offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional                  shares. Carter's will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                     and $                    . Carter's intends to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "CRI."

        See "Risk Factors" on page 10 to read more about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.


        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 
  Per Share
  Total
Initial public offering price   $                        $                     
Underwriting discount   $                        $                     
Proceeds, before expenses, to Carter's   $                        $                     
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders   $                        $                     

        To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                  shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares from Carter's and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.


        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                       , 2003.

  Goldman, Sachs & Co.  
  Banc of America Securities LLC  
  Credit Suisse First Boston  
  Morgan Stanley  

Prospectus dated                  , 2003.


[Pictures of children wearing body suits, blanket sleepers and other products that we market; pictures of our products presented on in-store fixtures; and pictures of the interior of one of our retail stores.]



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights the key information contained in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read carefully this entire prospectus. In particular, you should read the section entitled "Risk Factors" and the consolidated financial statements and the notes relating to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Carter Holdings, Inc.'s fiscal year ends on the Saturday in December or January nearest the last day of December. The terms "Carter's," "we," "our" and "us" refer to Carter Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless the context suggests otherwise. References to "baby" in this prospectus mean newborns through approximately age one, or up to size 9 months, and references to "young children" in this prospectus mean children from approximately age one to six, or children's clothing size 12 months to size 7. References to market share in this prospectus mean our share expressed as a percentage of total retail revenues of a market unless otherwise indicated.

Our Business

        We are the largest branded marketer of baby apparel and a leading marketer of young children's apparel in the United States. Over our 138 years of operation, Carter's has become one of the most highly recognized and most trusted brand names in the children's apparel industry. We focus on providing high-quality, basic products at prices that deliver an attractive value to consumers. We believe the value proposition of our products appeals to a broad range of consumers, and our multi-channel sales strategy allows us to reach consumers where they shop. We sell our products under the Carter's and Carter's Classics brands in our wholesale channel, which includes over 400 department store, national chain and specialty store accounts. The wholesale channel also includes mass merchant stores where we sell our products under the Tykes brand in over 1,100 Target Stores and under our Child of Mine brand in over 2,900 Wal-Mart stores. Additionally, we operate 159 Carter's retail stores located primarily in premier outlet centers throughout the United States.

        Since 1992, when the current management team joined Carter's, we have increased net sales from $227 million to $580 million. Over the past five years, we have increased net sales at a compounded annual growth rate of 10%, and we have increased operating income from $23.1 million to $60.6 million, yielding a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 21%. During this five-year period, our operating income and overall financial results were affected by acquisition-related charges, losses on the extinguishment of debt and plant closure costs.

        Our core products are basic, high-volume apparel for babies and young children and include bodysuits, pajamas, blanket sleepers, gowns, bibs, towels, washcloths and receiving blankets. Our top ten core products accounted for more than 80% of our net sales in 2002. We believe these core products are consumer staples and are insulated from changes in fashion trends. Whether they are shopping for their own children or purchasing gifts, consumers provide consistent demand for our products as they start wardrobes for the four million babies born each year and replace clothing outgrown by babies and young children. In 2002, we sold over 100 million units of Carter's products to our wholesale customers and through our retail stores, an increase of approximately 19% from 2001.

        In the department, national chain, outlet, specialty store and off-price sales channels, we are the largest provider of layette and sleepwear for babies and young children based on market share. Layette is comprised of a complete range of apparel and related products for newborns. Our aggregate market shares in fiscal 2002 in these channels were approximately 30% for layette and 29% for sleepwear for babies and young children, which represent greater than four and two times

1



the market shares of the next largest brands. In these channels, our share of the playclothes market for babies and young children grew from 4.2% in 2001 to 5.0% in 2002.

        Our top wholesale customers are leading children's retailers in the United States: Kohl's, Kids "R" Us/Babies "R" Us, JCPenney, Federated, May Company, Sears and Mervyn's. In the fourth quarter of 2000, we began selling our products in the mass channel by launching the Tykes brand in all Target stores nationwide. At the end of the second quarter of 2003, we began shipping products under our new Child of Mine brand, which are being sold in substantially all Wal-Mart stores in the United States. In addition, we extend the reach of the Carter's, Carter's Classics and Tykes brands in our channels through licensing arrangements with 18 marketers of related baby and young children's products who collectively generated $113.8 million of branded wholesale sales in 2002, resulting in $8.4 million of royalty income to us. We license our Child of Mine brand to many of our licensee partners for further brand extension into Wal-Mart.


Our Competitive Strengths

        We attribute our market leadership and significant opportunities for continued growth and increased profitability to the following competitive strengths:

2



Our Growth Strategy

        We intend to continue to increase sales and profitability and to become the leading apparel brand in the United States for children under six years old. Our growth strategy includes:

3



General

        In August 2001, investment funds affiliated with Berkshire Partners LLC purchased control of our company from Investcorp S.A., which had been our controlling stockholder since acquiring us in 1996. Our management team has remained in place since 1992 and has provided continuity to our business through both of these acquisitions. Berkshire Partners is a Boston-based private investment firm that invests in businesses that offer strong growth prospects and are supported by high-quality management teams. Since 1984, Berkshire Partners' funds have invested in over 75 operating companies in a wide variety of industries, including industrial and consumer products manufacturing, retail and related services, business services, communications and transportation. Berkshire Partners currently manages approximately $3.4 billion of capital through seven private equity partnerships.

        We are incorporated in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Prior to the distribution of this prospectus and the offering of our common stock, we expect to be re-incorporated in the State of Delaware through a merger with a newly formed Delaware corporation to be named Carter's, Inc. All references to our charter documents and by-laws in this prospectus assume that this re-incorporation has taken place. Our principal executive offices are located at The Proscenium, 1170 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 900, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Our telephone number is (404) 745-2700. Our internet address is www.carters.com. Information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus. You should not consider information contained in or accessible through our website to be part of this prospectus.


Risk Factors

        We face risks operating our business that you should consider before investing in our company. For a discussion of some of these risks, you should read the section entitled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

4



This Offering


Common stock offered by us

 

                      shares(1)

Common stock offered by selling stockholders

 

                      shares(2)

Total common stock offered

 

                      shares(1)(2)

Common stock outstanding after this offering

 

                      shares(1)(3)

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to contribute a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the common stock offered by us to our operating subsidiary, The William Carter Company, which will use those proceeds to redeem a portion of its outstanding senior subordinated notes and repay indebtedness under its senior credit facility. Upon the completion of this offering, we will also pay Berkshire Partners $3.6 million to terminate our future obligations under our management agreement with them. We intend to use any remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, such as funding working capital. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

Proposed NYSE symbol

 

CRI

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

(1)
Does not include             shares of common stock that may be sold by us if the underwriters choose to exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

(2)
Does not include             shares of common stock that may be sold by the selling stockholders if the underwriters choose to exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

(3)
Does not include 986,049 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, under which options to purchase 904,308 shares of common stock are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

5


Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

        The summary historical consolidated financial data as of the end of and for the fiscal year 2000, for the period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001, as of the end of and for the period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 and as of the end of and for the fiscal year 2002 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The audited consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2000, for the period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001, as of the end of and for the period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 and as of the end of and for fiscal year 2002 are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data for each of the six-month periods ended June 29, 2002 and July 5, 2003 and as of July 5, 2003 were derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of June 29, 2002 were derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

        As a result of adjustments made in connection with our acquisition by Berkshire Partners LLC, its affiliates and associated investors in August 2001, which we refer to as the "Acquisition," the results of operations for the period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, fiscal year 2002, the six-month periods ended June 29, 2002 and July 5, 2003 (the "Successor" periods) are not comparable to periods prior to the Acquisition (the "Predecessor" periods). This data is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information appearing in our consolidated historical financial statements and related notes, our "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

6


 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)


 
  Predecessor(a)
  Successor(b)
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Six-month periods ended
 
   
  Period from
December 31,
2000
through
August 14,
2001(c)

  Period from
August 15,
2001
through
December 29,
2001

   
  Pro Forma
for the
Offering

   
   
  Pro Forma
for the
Offering

 
  Fiscal Year 2000
  Fiscal Year
2002

  Fiscal Year
2002(d)

  June 29,
2002

  July 5,
2003

  July 5,
2003(d)

OPERATING DATA:                                            
Wholesale sales   $ 248,095   $ 155,639   $ 127,689   $ 325,796       $ 135,228   $ 192,480    
Retail sales     215,280     127,088     108,091     253,751         108,462     113,521    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales     463,375     282,727     235,780     579,547         243,690     306,001    
Cost of goods sold     293,340     182,863     149,352     352,151         150,069     195,542    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     170,035     99,864     86,428     227,396         93,621     110,459    
Selling, general and administrative expenses     135,322     88,895     57,987     174,110         78,913     86,764    
Acquisition-related charges(e)         11,289                        
Writedown of long-lived assets(f)         3,156         150                
Plant closure costs(g)         1,116     (268 )                  
Deferred charge write-off(h)                 923                
Royalty income     (5,808 )   (4,993 )   (2,624 )   (8,352 )       (3,775 )   (4,457 )  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income     40,521     401     31,333     60,565         18,483     28,152    
Interest income     (303 )   (73 )   (207 )   (347 )       (167 )   (226 )  
Loss on extinguishment of debt(i)         12,525                        
Interest expense     18,982     11,803     11,307     28,648         14,137     13,747    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle     21,842     (23,854 )   20,233     32,264         4,513     14,631    
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes     8,835     (6,857 )   7,395     13,011         1,738     5,633    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle     13,007     (16,997 )   12,838     19,253         2,775     8,998    
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for revenue recognition, net of income tax benefit of $217(j)     354                            
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 12,653   $ (16,997 ) $ 12,838   $ 19,253       $ 2,775   $ 8,998    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

EARNINGS PER SHARE DATA(k):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Basic net income (loss) per common share   $ 1.31   $ (1.75 ) $ 2.30   $ 3.43       $ 0.50   $ 1.60    
Diluted net income (loss) per common share   $ 1.31   $ (1.75 ) $ 2.19   $ 3.27       $ 0.48   $ 1.50    
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding     9,689,877     9,688,186     5,583,034     5,613,272         5,596,122     5,637,613    
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding     9,689,877     9,688,186     5,869,725     5,886,225         5,841,581     5,993,702    

BALANCE SHEET DATA (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total assets   $ 327,545         $ 604,162   $ 643,349       $ 605,565   $ 643,118    
Total debt, including current maturities     161,400           298,742     297,622         297,870     291,943    
Stockholders' equity     69,596           158,338     179,359         162,254     188,457    

OTHER OPERATING DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
EBITDA(l)   $ 58,041   $ 121   $ 38,251   $ 79,258       $ 27,048   $ 38,143    
Capital expenditures     17,179     9,480     9,556     18,009         5,552     6,810    

7


8



 
  (dollars in thousands)


 
  Predecessor(a)
  Successor(b)
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Six-month periods ended
 
   
  Period from
December 31,
2000
through
August 14,
2001(c)

  Period from
August 15,
2001
through
December 29,
2001

   
  Pro Forma
for the
Offering

   
   
  Pro Forma
for the
Offering

 
  Fiscal Year 2000
  Fiscal Year
2002

  Fiscal Year
2002(d)

  June 29,
2002

  July 5,
2003

  July 5,
2003(d)

OPERATING DATA:                                            
EBITDA(l)   $ 58,041   $ 121   $ 38,251   $ 79,258       $ 27,048   $ 38,143    
Depreciation and amortization expense     (17,520 )   (12,245 )   (6,918 )   (18,693 )       (8,565 )   (9,991 )  
Interest income     303     73     207     347         167     226    
Interest expense     (18,982 )   (11,803 )   (11,307 )   (28,648 )       (14,137 )   (13,747 )  
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes     (8,835 )   6,857     (7,395 )   (13,011 )       (1,738 )   (5,633 )  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for revenue recognition, net of income tax benefit of $217(j)     (354 )                          
   
 
 
 
     
 
   
Net income (loss)   $ 12,653   $ (16,997 ) $ 12,838   $ 19,253       $ 2,775   $ 8,998    
   
 
 
 
     
 
   

9



RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below and all other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision regarding our common stock. The risks described below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we have not yet identified or that we currently consider to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. You could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

The loss of one or more of our key customers could result in a material loss of revenues.

        In 2002, we derived approximately 43% of our total net sales from our top eight customers. We expect that these customers will continue to represent a significant portion of our sales in the future. A significant decrease in business from one or more of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and results of operations. We do not enter into long-term sales contracts with our key wholesale customers, relying instead on long-standing relationships with these customers and on our position in the marketplace. As a result, we face the risk that one or more of our key customers may terminate its or their relationship with us.

Retail trends could result in increased downward pressure on our prices.

        With the growing trend toward retail trade consolidation, we increasingly depend upon a reduced number of key retailers whose bargaining strength is growing. We may be negatively affected by changes in the policies of our retail trade customers, such as inventory de-stocking, limitations on access to shelf space, scan-based trading and other conditions. Further consolidations in the retail industry could result in price and other competition that could damage our business.

We currently source substantially all of our sewing, embroidery and cutting, and a substantial portion of our fabric production through our offshore facilities and other offshore production arrangements. Our dependence on foreign supply sources may result in disruptions to our operations in the event of political instability, international events or new foreign regulations.

        We source a substantial portion of our offshore production through a network of various vendors in the Far East, coordinated by our Far East agents. The loss of one or more of our Far East vendors or agents could have a material effect on our supply chain. We expect to source more of our fabric production offshore over time. We may be adversely affected by:

        These and other events beyond our control could interrupt production in offshore facilities or delay receipt of the products in the United States, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

10



Our business and reputation may be adversely affected if our brand is associated with negative publicity.

        While our staff and third-party compliance auditors periodically visit and monitor the operations of our vendors, independent manufacturers and licensees, we do not control these vendors or independent manufacturers or their labor practices. A violation of our vendor policies, labor laws or other laws by these vendors or independent manufacturers could interrupt or otherwise disrupt our sourcing or damage our brand image. As a result, negative publicity regarding our company, brand or products, including licensed products, could adversely affect our reputation and sales.

The loss of one or more of our major suppliers for raw materials may interrupt our supplies.

        Of the fabrics we source in the United States, we purchase a majority from a few vendors of each material. The loss of one or more of these vendors could interrupt our supply, which could have an adverse effect on our sales and increase our costs.

We operate in a highly competitive market and our business will suffer if we are unable to compete effectively.

        The baby and young children's apparel markets are highly competitive. Both branded and private label manufacturers compete in the baby and young children's apparel markets. Our primary competitors in our wholesale business include Oshkosh B'Gosh, Gerber, Disney and private label product offerings. We also compete with specialty store retailers, including The Gap, Gymboree and The Children's Place. Because of the fragmented nature of the industry, we also compete with many other manufacturers and retailers. Some of our competitors have greater financial resources and larger customer bases than we have and are less financially leveraged than we are. As a result, these competitors may be able to:


The loss of key members of our senior management team could adversely affect our business.

        Our success depends largely on the efforts and abilities of our senior management team. Their experience and industry contacts significantly benefit us. If we were to lose the benefit of their experience and contacts, our business could be adversely affected.

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our financial condition.

        On July 5, 2003, after giving effect to this offering and our intended use of proceeds specified in this prospectus, we would have had total debt of approximately $                     million (consisting of $                     million of our senior subordinated notes and $              million of secured borrowings under our senior credit facility. In addition, we and our subsidiaries are permitted to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future.

        Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:

11


        In addition, the senior credit facility contains financial and other restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt.

The current and future economic downturns may adversely affect our sales.

        A continued downturn in the economy may affect consumer purchases of discretionary items, which could adversely affect our sales and result in additional excess inventory. Our success depends on the sustained demand for our products and consumer confidence. Consumer purchases of discretionary items, such as many of our products, tend to decline during recessionary periods when disposable income is lower. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand and subsequent accelerated decline in average selling prices. A general slowdown in the economies in which we sell our products or even an uncertain economic outlook could adversely affect consumer spending on our products and, in turn, our sales and results of operations. Since the third quarter of 2000, the United States economy has shown signs of a downturn. If this general economic slowdown continues, it may adversely impact our future business and operating results.

Governmental regulations and environmental risks applicable to our business may require us to take actions, which limit our business and increase our costs.

        Our business is subject to federal, state, provincial, local and foreign laws and regulations, including regulations with respect to air emissions, wastewater discharges, and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of waste materials. Although we believe we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, legal requirements are frequently changed and subject to interpretation, and we are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these requirements or their effect on our operations. We may be required to make significant expenditures to comply with governmental laws and regulations. Complying with existing or future laws or regulations may materially limit our business and increase our costs.

Seasonal fluctuations in the children's apparel market may have an adverse impact on our business.

        We experience seasonal fluctuations in our sales and profitability, with generally lower sales and gross profit in the first and second quarters of our fiscal year. We believe that the seasonality of sales and profitability is a factor that affects the baby and young children's apparel industry generally and is primarily due to retailers' emphasis on price reductions in the first quarter, promotional retailers' and manufacturers' emphasis on closeouts of the prior year's product lines, and "back-to-school" and holiday shopping patterns. Accordingly, our results of operations for the first and second quarters of any year are not indicative of the results we expect for the full year.

12



Risks Relating to Investment in Our Common Stock

Shares eligible for future sale may cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        The potential for sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering may adversely affect the market price of the common stock. After this offering is concluded, our current stockholders will have             shares of common stock outstanding, or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, which will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and will be eligible for resale subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. We have granted Berkshire Partners the right to require us to register their shares of our common stock. These shares, and the shares held by our other stockholders, are subject to lock-up agreements and may not be sold to the public during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus without the consent of the underwriters.

        In addition to outstanding shares eligible for sale, 904,308 shares of our common stock are issuable under currently outstanding stock options granted to several executive officers, directors, employees and consultants under our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

We are controlled by Berkshire Partners, whose interests may differ from your interests as a stockholder.

        Berkshire Partners and its affiliates will own    % of our outstanding common stock after this offering, and    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. As a result, they will control our business, policies and affairs and will be able to elect our entire board of directors, determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and sales of substantially all of our assets. They will also be able to prevent or cause a change in control of our company and an amendment to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws. We cannot assure you that the interests of Berkshire Partners will be consistent with your interests as a stockholder.

13



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties and include statements regarding our financial position, business strategy and other plans and objectives for future operations and any other statements, which are not historical facts. Although we believe that these statements are based on reasonable assumptions, they are subject to numerous factors, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual outcomes and results to be materially different from those projected. These factors, risks and uncertainties include, among other things:

        These factors expressly qualify all subsequent oral and written forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf. Except for any ongoing obligations to disclose material information as required by the federal securities laws, we do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus.

        Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements for various reasons, including those discussed under "Risk Factors" in this prospectus.


INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

        All references to demographic data in this prospectus are based upon industry publications, census information and our data. In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information regarding the baby and young children's apparel market from the 2002 NPD Group, Inc. purchase data, which is based on preliminary, restated market information scheduled to be released on or about September 7, 2003. Information regarding brand recognition and market perception is taken from Carter's Infant and Children's Wear Brand: Awareness & Attitudes, a study by Fitzgerald & Co. that we commissioned, dated April 2001. Although we believe this information is reliable, we have not independently verified and cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the information. All references in this prospectus to the numbers of stores and accounts are as of July 5, 2003, unless we otherwise indicate.

14



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that our net proceeds from our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $                     million or approximately $                     million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

        We intend to contribute a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to our operating subsidiary, for use as follows:

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will also pay Berkshire Partners $3.6 million to terminate our future obligations under our management agreement with them. We intend to use any remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes, such as funding working capital. Our outstanding senior subordinated notes bear interest at 10.875% and mature on August 15, 2011. The senior credit facility, as amended, includes a $118.0 million term loan and a $75.0 million revolving loan facility. Amounts outstanding under the term loan are due on September 30, 2008 and accrue interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either:

in each case, plus an applicable interest margin. The current applicable interest margin for the term loan ranges from 2.25% to 2.75% for Eurodollar rate loans and from 1.25% to 1.75% for base rate loans. As of July 5, 2003, the interest rate payable on our term loan borrowings was approximately 4.4% using an applicable interest margin of 3.25%.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        On July 31, 2003, we paid a cash dividend of approximately $24.9 million on the outstanding shares of our common stock to the stockholders of record as of July 30, 2003. At the same time, we paid a special bonus of approximately $2.5 million to our vested option holders. This special bonus will be recorded as compensation expense during the third quarter of 2003.

        We do not anticipate paying additional cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future but intend to retain future earnings, if any, for reinvestment in the future operation and expansion of our business and related development activities. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, terms of financing arrangements, capital requirements and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. Provisions in the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes restrict our operating subsidiary's ability to pay us dividends. Provisions in the senior credit facility restrict both our ability and the ability of our operating subsidiary to pay future dividends and make other distributions and transfers.

15




CAPITALIZATION

        The following table presents our consolidated capitalization as of July 5, 2003 on a historical basis and "as adjusted" to give effect to this offering and the use of proceeds described elsewhere in this prospectus as if they occurred as of July 5, 2003. This table should be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of July 5, 2003
 
  Historical
  As Adjusted(a)
 
  (dollars in thousands)

Debt:            
Senior credit facility:            
  Revolving loan facility(b)   $   $  
  Term loan     118,005      
Senior subordinated notes     173,938      
   
 
Total debt     291,943      
   
 
Stockholders' equity:            
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding          
Common stock, voting; $0.01 par value; 8,000,000 shares authorized; 5,639,721 shares issued and outstanding, historical; 8,000,000 shares authorized,                     shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted     56      
Additional paid-in capital     147,312      
Retained earnings     41,089      
   
 
Total stockholders' equity     188,457      
   
 
Total capitalization   $ 480,400   $  
   
 

(a)
The "as adjusted" amounts have been derived by adjusting the "historical" amounts for the cash dividend of approximately $24.9 million paid to stockholders on July 31, 2003, the special bonus of approximately $2.5 million paid to vested option holders on July 31, 2003 and the following transactions, which are presumed to have been consummated in connection with this offering summarized as follows:
(b)
As of July 5, 2003, we had outstanding letters of credit of $8.7 million.

16



DILUTION

        The net tangible book deficit of our common stock as of July 5, 2003, giving effect to the July 31, 2003 cash dividend of approximately $24.9 million and special bonus of approximately $2.5 million to our vested option holders, was approximately $214.6 million, or $38.05 per share. Net tangible book deficit per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets of $267.5 million (total assets less tradename, cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired, licensing agreements and deferred debt issuance costs) reduced by the amount of our total liabilities of approximately $454.7 million, cash dividend of approximately $24.9 million, special bonus of approximately $2.5 million, and then divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding of 5,639,721.

        Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount paid per share by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $                    per share, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book deficit at July 5, 2003 would have been $                    million or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in pro forma net tangible book deficit of $           per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $                    per share to new investors purchasing shares at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after this offering   $  
Net tangible book deficit per share as of July 5, 2003     38.05
   
  Decrease in net tangible book deficit per share to existing stockholders   $  
   
Assumed initial public offering price per share   $  
Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after this offering      
   
Dilution per share to new investors   $  
   

        The following table sets forth, as of August 15, 2003, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us since and including the Acquisition, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors in this offering at $                          , the mid-point of the range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions:

 
  Shares purchased(1)
  Total consideration
   
 
  Average price per share
 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
Existing stockholders   5,267,381     % $ 129,720,618     % $ 24.63
New investors                        
  Totals       100 % $     100 % $  

(1)
The number of shares shown as purchased by existing stockholders represents shares of our common stock purchased by Berkshire Partners from Investcorp at $24.62 per share in August 2001, shares of our common stock purchased by Berkshire Partners from us at $24.62 per share in August 2001, shares of our common stock purchased by an executive officer and two of our directors at a price of $24.62 per share, shares purchased by one of our directors at $39.52 per share and exercisable options issued to our directors and executive officers at prices ranging from $24.62 to $39.52 per share. This number includes                  shares being sold by the selling stockholders in this offering. The number of shares disclosed for the new investors does not include the             shares being purchased by the new investors from the selling stockholders in this offering.

17



SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The selected historical consolidated financial data as of the end of and for each of the fiscal years 1998 through 2000, for the period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001, as of the end of and for the period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 and as of the end of and for fiscal year 2002 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The audited consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2000, for the period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001, as of the end of and for the period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 and as of the end of and for fiscal year 2002 are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data for each of the six-month periods ended June 29, 2002 and July 5, 2003 and as of July 5, 2003 were derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 29, 2002 was derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

        As a result of adjustments made in connection with the Acquisition, the results of operations for the Successor periods from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, fiscal year 2002 and the six-month periods ended June 29, 2002 and July 5, 2003 are not comparable to prior periods. This data is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information appearing in our consolidated historical financial statements and related notes, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

18


 
  Predecessor(a)
  Successor(b)
 
 
   
   
   
  Period from
December 31,
2000
through
August 14,
2001(c)

  Period from
August 15,
2001
through
December 29,
2001

   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  Six-month periods ended
 
 
  Fiscal Years
   
 
 
  Fiscal Year
2002

  June 29,
2002

  July 5,
2003

 

 


 

1998


 

1999


 

2000


 
 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
OPERATING DATA:                                                  
Wholesale sales   $ 230,788   $ 223,612   $ 248,095   $ 155,639   $ 127,689   $ 325,796   $ 135,228   $ 192,480  
Retail sales     171,696     183,312     215,280     127,088     108,091     253,751     108,462     113,521  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales     402,484     406,924     463,375     282,727     235,780     579,547     243,690     306,001  
Cost of goods sold     256,482     271,844     293,340     182,863     149,352     352,151     150,069     195,542  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     146,002     135,080     170,035     99,864     86,428     227,396     93,621     110,459  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     121,090     117,334     135,322     88,895     57,987     174,110     78,913     86,764  
Acquisition-related charges(d)                 11,289                  
Writedown of long-lived assets(e)         7,124         3,156         150          
Plant closure costs(f)                 1,116     (268 )            
Deferred charge write-off(g)                         923          
Royalty income     (2,510 )   (4,233 )   (5,808 )   (4,993 )   (2,624 )   (8,352 )   (3,775 )   (4,457 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income     27,422     14,855     40,521     401     31,333     60,565     18,483     28,152  
Interest income             (303 )   (73 )   (207 )   (347 )   (167 )   (226 )
Loss on extinguishment of debt(h)                 12,525                  
Interest expense     21,215     20,437     18,982     11,803     11,307     28,648     14,137     13,747  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle     6,207     (5,582 )   21,842     (23,854 )   20,233     32,264     4,513     14,631  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes     2,697     (1,782 )   8,835     (6,857 )   7,395     13,011     1,738     5,633  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle     3,510     (3,800 )   13,007     (16,997 )   12,838     19,253     2,775     8,998  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for revenue recognition, net of tax benefit of $217(i)             354                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 3,510   $ (3,800 ) $ 12,653   $ (16,997 ) $ 12,838   $ 19,253   $ 2,775   $ 8,998  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE DATA(j):                                                  
Basic net income (loss) per common share   $ 0.36   $ (0.39 ) $ 1.31   $ (1.75 ) $ 2.30   $ 3.43   $ 0.50   $ 1.60  
Diluted net income (loss) per common share   $ 0.36   $ (0.39 ) $ 1.31   $ (1.75 ) $ 2.19   $ 3.27   $ 0.48   $ 1.50  
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding     9,783,922     9,731,703     9,689,877     9,688,186     5,583,034     5,613,272     5,596,122     5,637,613  
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding     9,783,922     9,731,703     9,689,877     9,688,186     5,869,725     5,886,225     5,841,581     5,993,702  

OTHER OPERATING DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Depreciation and amortization     15,599     16,855     17,520     12,245     6,918     18,693     8,565     9,991  
Capital expenditures     17,991     12,726     17,179     9,480     9,556     18,009     5,552     6,810  

BALANCE SHEET DATA (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Working capital(k)   $ 100,524   $ 83,471   $ 87,862         $ 111,148   $ 131,085   $ 117,945   $ 142,942  
Property, plant and equipment, net     59,674     51,776     54,441           46,503     50,476     45,879     49,952  
Total assets     351,295     314,944     327,545           604,162     643,349     605,565     643,118  
Total debt, including current maturities     187,600     162,300     161,400           298,742     297,622     297,870     291,943  
Stockholders' equity     61,200     56,953     69,596           158,338     179,359     162,254     188,457  
CASH FLOW DATA:                                                  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 7,064   $ 36,458   $ 24,197   $ 168   $ 31,113   $ 27,304   $ (632 ) $ (21,938 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (17,960 )   (12,362 )   (19,217 )   (9,266 )   (247,459 )   (15,554 )   (5,054 )   (5,935 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     10,623     (24,667 )   (4,698 )   5,925     240,514     (880 )   (852 )   (2,730 )

19


(a)
On a pro forma basis, assuming SFAS 142 was in effect for all periods presented, pro forma income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for revenue recognition would have been $(21.8) for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001, $25.1 million for the Predecessor fiscal year 2000, $(2.3) for the Predecessor fiscal year 1999 and $9.5 million for the Predecessor fiscal year 1998. Pro forma net income (loss) would have been $(15.5) million for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001, $14.9 million for the Predecessor fiscal year 2000, $(1.5) million for the Predecessor fiscal year 1999 and $5.8 million for the Predecessor fiscal year 1998.

(b)
As a result of the Acquisition, we adjusted our assets and liabilities to their estimated fair values as of August 15, 2001. In addition, we entered into new financing arrangements and changed our capital structure in connection with the Acquisition. At the time of the Acquisition, we adopted the provisions of SFAS 141 and SFAS 142, which affect the amortization of goodwill and other intangibles. Accordingly, the results as of the end of and for the Successor periods from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, for the fiscal year 2002 and the six-month periods ended June 29, 2002 and July 5, 2003 are not comparable to prior periods.

(c)
In the first quarter of 2003, we adopted the provisions of SFAS 145 which rescinds FASB Statement No. 4, which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Accounting Principles Board Opinion 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. Accordingly, charges related to the extinguishment of debt during the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001, as more fully described in note (h) below, have been reclassified to conform with the provisions of SFAS 145.

(d)
The Acquisition-related charges for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 include $4.5 million in management bonuses and $6.8 million in other seller expenses.

(e)
The writedown for the 1999 fiscal year represents the $6.9 million writedown in the carrying value of our textile facility assets, for which the operations were closed in December 1999, and a $200,000 loss on property, plant and equipment related to the closures of three domestic sewing facilities. The $3.2 million writedown of long-lived assets for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 relates to the closure of two domestic manufacturing facilities.

(f)
The $1.1 million plant closure costs for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 relate to closure costs associated with the two domestic manufacturing facilities closed in the period.

(g)
The deferred charge write-off in fiscal 2002 reflects the write-off of $923,000 of previously deferred costs associated with the initial filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 in August 2002, to register this offering.

(h)
Debt extinguishment charges for the Predecessor period December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 reflect the write-off of debt issuance costs of approximately $4.7 million and a debt prepayment penalty of approximately $7.8 million.

(i)
In fiscal 2000, we recorded the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in order to comply with guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission's Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements." On a pro forma basis, assumming this accounting change for revenue recognition is applied retroactively, net income (loss) would have been $13.0 million in fiscal 2000, ($3.4) million in fiscal 1999 and $3.3 million in fiscal 1998.

(j)
As a result of the Acquisition, our capital structure and the number of outstanding shares were changed. Accordingly, earnings per share in Predecessor periods are not comparable to earnings per share in Successor periods.

(k)
Represents total current assets less total current liabilities.

20



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following is a discussion of our results of operations and current financial condition. You should read this discussion in conjunction with our consolidated historical financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our discussion of our results of operations and financial condition includes various forward-looking statements about our markets, the demand for our products and services and our future results. We based these statements on assumptions that we consider reasonable. Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by our forward-looking statements for various reasons including those discussed in the "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10 of this prospectus. Those risk factors expressly qualify all subsequent oral and written forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf. Except for any ongoing obligations to disclose material information as required by the federal securities laws, we do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements included in this prospectus after we file this prospectus.

Overview

        We are the largest branded marketer of baby apparel and a leading marketer of young children's apparel in the United States. We sell our products to over 400 department, national chain, specialty and mass merchant accounts, which together accounted for 56% of our net sales during fiscal 2002. We also sell our products through our Carter's retail stores, which accounted for 44% of our net sales during fiscal 2002.

        Our consolidated net sales increased from $402.5 million in 1998 to $579.5 million in 2002. This represents a compound annual growth rate of 10%. During this period, wholesale net sales have increased at a compound annual growth rate of 9%, from $230.8 million to $325.8 million, and net sales at our Carter's retail stores increased at a compound annual growth rate of 10%, from $171.7 million to $253.8 million. We believe the increase in wholesale net sales resulted primarily from the success of product introductions and the strength of the Carter's brand in the market place relative to our branded and private label competitors. The increase in our retail stores net sales resulted from new store openings and net sales increases at comparable stores open more than 12 months.

        Our growth in recent years has been driven by strong product performance made possible through our global sourcing strategy. We have invested in people required to source our products from third-party manufacturers throughout the world, primarily in the Far East. Since launching our global sourcing initiative, we have experienced significant improvement in product quality, lower product costs and improvement in product margins. Our global sourcing network has also provided us with the opportunity to more competitively price our products and increase market share. Our expanded sourcing network has also enabled us to enter the mass channel in December 2000 with a successful launch of the Tykes brand at all Target stores. In 2001, our first full year in Target, we generated $20.4 million of net sales and in 2002, we generated $23.8 million in net sales, an increase of 16%. Additionally, during the second quarter of 2003, we shipped products under our new Child of Mine brand that will be sold in substantially all Wal-Mart stores in the United States beginning in August 2003.

        As a result of the Acquisition, our assets and liabilities were adjusted to their estimated fair values as of August 15, 2001. The seven and one-half month period prior to the Acquisition includes Acquisition-related charges, principally sellers' expenses, such as management bonuses and professional fees, debt extinguishment charges for debt prepayment penalties and the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs on debt retired as a result of the Acquisition and refinancing. The Predecessor periods include amortization expense on our tradename and goodwill. The Successor periods reflect increased interest expense, the amortization of licensing agreements and cessation

21



of amortization on our tradename and goodwill due to the adoption of SFAS 141 and SFAS 142. Accordingly, the results of operations for the Predecessor and Successor periods are not comparable.

        For discussion purposes only, our 2001 results discussed below represent the mathematical addition of the historical results for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and the Successor period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001. This approach is not consistent with generally accepted accounting principles and yields results that are not comparable on a period-to-period basis due to the new basis of accounting established at the Acquisition date. However, management believes it is the most meaningful way to comment on the results of operations.

Results Of Operations

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, (i) selected statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of net sales and (ii) the number of retail stores open at the end of each such period:

 
  As a Percentage of Net Sales

 
 
  For the
Fiscal Years

  For the
Six-month periods ended

 
 
  2000
  2001
  2002
  June 29,
2002

  July 5,
2003

 
Statements of Operations:                      
Wholesale sales   53.5 % 54.6 % 56.2 % 55.5 % 62.9 %
Retail sales   46.5   45.4   43.8   44.5   37.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Net sales

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 
Cost of goods sold   63.3   64.1   60.8   61.6   63.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Gross profit

 

36.7

 

35.9

 

39.2

 

38.4

 

36.1

 
Selling, general and administrative expenses   29.2   28.3   29.9   32.4   28.4  
Other charges     3.0   0.2      
Royalty income   (1.2 ) (1.5 ) (1.4 ) (1.6 ) (1.5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Operating income

 

8.7

 

6.1

 

10.5

 

7.6

 

9.2

 
Loss on extinguishment of debt     2.4        
Interest expense, net   4.0   4.4   4.9   5.7   4.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

4.7

 

(0.7

)

5.6

 

1.9

 

4.8

 
Provision for income taxes   1.9   0.1   2.3   0.8   1.8  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

2.8

%

(0.8

)%

3.3

%

1.1

%

2.9

%
   
 
 
 
 
 

Number of retail stores at end of period

 

147

 

151

 

156

 

155

 

159

 

Six-month period ended July 5, 2003 compared to six-month period ended June 29, 2002

        Net Sales.    Consolidated net sales for the six-month period ended July 5, 2003 contained 27 weeks as compared to the six-month period ended June 29, 2002, which contained 26 weeks. In the first half of 2003, consolidated net sales were $306.0 million, an increase of $62.3 million, or 25.6%, as compared with $243.7 million for the first half of 2002. This revenue growth is driven by strong product performance resulting from our focus on improving the value of our core products through our global sourcing network, effective merchandising and pricing strategies, the additional

22


week of selling in the first half of 2003, and the initial shipment during the second quarter of 2003 of our new Child of Mine brand that will be sold in substantially all Wal-Mart stores in the United States beginning in August 2003.

        In the first half of 2003, wholesale sales increased $57.3 million, or 42.3%, to $192.5 million from $135.2 million in the first half of 2002. Wholesale sales, excluding mass merchant store and off-price sales, increased $34.4 million, or 29.2%, to $151.9 million in the first half of 2003 from $117.6 million in the first half of 2002. These increases reflect growth in our baby and playclothes product lines. This growth has occurred at the majority of our key wholesale accounts as a result of our focus on improving the value of our core products.

        Wholesale mass merchant store sales in the first half of 2003 increased $20.3 million to $30.2 million from $9.9 million in the first half of 2002. Contributing to this significant growth was the initial shipment during the second quarter of 2003 of products under our new Child of Mine brand that will be sold in substantially all Wal-Mart stores in the United States beginning in August 2003. Also contributing to this growth was the continued strong performance of the Tykes brand with Target.

        In the first half of 2003, retail store sales increased $5.0 million, or 4.7%, to $113.5 million from $108.5 million in the first half of 2002. Comparable store sales for the first half of 2003, on a 27-week versus a 26-week basis increased 0.5%, based on 145 locations. The drivers of the revenue increase in the first half of 2003 were incremental revenue of $7.1 million from new store openings and the comparable store sales increase of $0.5 million. The comparable store sales increase was driven by an additional week of sales included in the first half of 2003, offset by the impact of stores closed in the last twelve months of $2.6 million. Comparing the first 27 weeks of 2003 to the first 27 weeks of 2002, comparable store sales declined 3.7%, based on 145 locations. This decline reflects the effect of unfavorable weather conditions, particularly in February 2003. We opened four retail stores and closed one during the first half of 2003. There were a total of 159 stores as of July 5, 2003 compared to 155 stores at June 29, 2002. We plan to open eleven stores and close four stores during the balance of 2003.

        Gross Profit.    Gross profit increased $16.8 million, or 18.0%, to $110.5 million in the first half of 2003 compared to $93.6 million in the first half of 2002. Gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, in the first half of 2003 decreased to 36.1% from 38.4% in the first half of 2002. This decrease in gross profit, relative to sales, resulted primarily from a higher mix of wholesale revenues, which include mass and off-price channel revenues that generally yield lower margins than similar products sold through our retail channel. Wholesale sales were 63% of total sales in the first half of 2003 as compared to 55% in the first half of 2002. This decrease also reflects the impact of our new pricing strategies with lower average prices on some core products which were partially offset by additional product cost reductions achieved through the continued expansion and leverage of our global sourcing network.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses for the first half of 2003, increased $7.9 million, or 9.9%, to $86.8 million from $78.9 million in the first half of 2002. As a percentage of net sales, these expenses decreased to 28.4% in the first half of 2003 from 32.4% in the first half of 2002. This decrease for the first half of 2003 is due to the benefit of leveraging operating expenses on higher levels of revenue partially offset by higher distribution costs driven by unit volume growth.

        Royalty Income.    During the first half of 2003, royalty income was approximately $4.5 million, an increase of $0.7 million, or 18.1%, over the first half of 2002. This increase resulted from expansion of our licensed product placement with key wholesale customers. We licensed our Child of Mine brand to many of our licensee partners who will begin shipping their products in the third quarter of 2003.

23



        Operating Income.    Operating income for the first half of 2003 increased $9.7 million to $28.2 million from $18.5 million in the first half of 2002. This increase reflects the benefit from revenue growth, increased gross profit and leveraging of operating expenses as described above.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense for the first half of 2003 decreased $0.4 million to $13.7 million from $14.1 million in the first half of 2002. This decrease was due to lower variable interest rates on reduced levels of term loan indebtedness partially offset by an additional week of interest.

        Income Taxes.    We recorded a provision for income taxes of $5.6 million in the first half of 2003 compared to $1.7 million in the first half of 2002. Our effective tax rate was approximately 38.5% during the first half of 2003 and 2002.

        Net Income.    As a result of the factors noted above, our net income for the first half of 2003 was $9.0 million compared to $2.8 million in the first half of 2002.

Fiscal year ended December 28, 2002 compared with fiscal year ended December 29, 2001

        Net Sales.    Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2002 were $579.5 million, an increase of $61.0 million, or 11.8%, compared to $518.5 million in fiscal 2001. This continued revenue growth and strong product performance was driven by our focus on core products, expansion of our global sourcing network, effective merchandising strategies, investments in point of sale fixturing and the strength of our Carter's brand.

        Wholesale sales increased $42.5 million, or 15.0%, to $325.8 million in fiscal 2002 from $283.3 million in fiscal 2001. In fiscal 2002, wholesale net sales, excluding mass merchant and off-price sales, increased $35.1 million, or 14.0%, to $285.5 million from $250.5 million in fiscal 2001. The increase in wholesale sales during fiscal 2002 reflects the growth of our baby and playclothes product lines due to our focus on improving the value of our core products. This increase was offset by lower demand for our sleepwear product line.

        Wholesale mass merchant store sales, which increased $3.4 million, or 16.5%, to $23.8 million in fiscal 2002 compared to $20.4 million in fiscal 2001 also contributed to the increase in our total wholesale sales. This revenue growth came primarily from our sleepwear product line, and was due, in part, to strong product performance and increased sales from additional floor space gained in existing stores and through the opening of new Target stores.

        Retail store sales increased $18.6 million, or 7.9%, in fiscal 2002 to $253.8 million from $235.2 million in fiscal 2001. The increase in sales for the year resulted primarily from increased growth in all of our major product markets. Comparable store sales in our retail channel increased 4.4% in fiscal 2002, based on 142 locations, and increased 6.5% in fiscal 2001, based on 138 locations. In addition, sales increased due to incremental revenues generated from ten new stores added during fiscal 2002. Five stores were closed during fiscal 2002, and during fiscal 2001 we opened nine stores and closed five stores.

        Gross Profit.    In fiscal 2002, gross profit increased $41.1 million, or 22.1%, to $227.4 million compared to $186.3 million in fiscal 2001 due to the increased sales and improved gross margin compared to fiscal 2001. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2002 increased to 39.2% compared to 35.9% in fiscal 2001. This increase in gross margin reflects the continued expansion of our global sourcing strategy, which has enabled us to source better quality products with improved fabric and garment construction at lower costs. These improvements in gross margin also include the impact of a $4.5 million charge recorded in fiscal 2001 related to the amortization of the step-up in the inventory valuation at Acquisition. Excluding this Acquisition adjustment, gross profit, as a percentage of net sales would have been 36.8% in fiscal 2001. Gross margin in 2001 also included plant closure costs and lower margins on excess inventory dispositions.

24



        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    In fiscal 2002, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $27.2 million, or 18.5%, to $174.1 million from $146.9 million in fiscal 2001. As a percentage of net sales, these expenses increased to 29.9% in fiscal 2002 from 28.3% in fiscal 2001. The increase relative to sales was due primarily to a special executive bonus of $5.0 million, increased distribution costs and fees related to a strategic consulting arrangement. These increases were partially offset by the benefit from leveraging operating expenses against higher levels of revenue and $1.3 million in costs incurred in connection with activities leading up to the Acquisition in fiscal 2001.

        Writedown of Long-Lived Assets/Deferred Charge Write-Off.    In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, we recorded a charge of approximately $150,000 related to a reduction in the carrying value of the land and building held for sale located in Barnesville, Georgia. We also expensed approximately $923,000 of previously deferred costs related to the preparation and filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 in August 2002, to register this offering of our common stock.

        As described in Note 16 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we closed two of our manufacturing facilities during the Predecessor period of fiscal 2001. In the first quarter of fiscal 2001, we closed our Harlingen, Texas sewing facility and recognized a charge of approximately $582,000 related to closure costs and involuntary termination benefits. Additionally, we recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $742,000 related to the writedown of the asset value to the sewing facility's estimated net realizable value. In the second quarter of fiscal 2001, we closed our fabric printing operations located in Barnesville, Georgia and recognized a charge of approximately $534,000 related to closure costs and involuntary termination benefits. Additionally, we recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $2.4 million related to the writedown of the asset value to the printing facility's estimated net realizable value. During the Successor period, we recorded $268,000 in reductions to the estimates of closure and termination costs.

        Royalty Income.    In fiscal 2002, our royalty income generated through our licensees' revenue increased 9.6% to $8.4 million compared to $7.6 million in fiscal 2001 due to the continued extension of our brand through these licensing arrangements.

        Operating Income.    Operating income for fiscal 2002 increased $28.8 million to $60.6 million compared to $31.7 million in fiscal 2001. Operating income, as a percentage of net sales, increased to 10.5% in fiscal 2002 from 6.1% in fiscal 2001. These increases are due primarily to higher levels of revenue and gross profit in 2002 and the impact of the charges incurred in 2001.

        Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.    As described in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, in connection with the Acquisition and refinancing, we incurred a charge of $12.5 million during the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001, which reflects the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs of approximately $4.7 million and debt prepayment penalties of approximately $7.8 million.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense in fiscal 2002 increased $5.5 million, or 24.0%, to $28.6 million from $23.1 million in fiscal 2001. We attribute this increase primarily to the impact of additional borrowings resulting from the Acquisition and refinancing as discussed in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. We had outstanding letters of credit totaling $16.3 million as of December 28, 2002 and $6.5 million as of December 29, 2001.

        Income Taxes.    Our effective tax rate was 40.3% for fiscal 2002, 36.5% for the Successor period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, and 28.7% for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001. Our effective rate in fiscal 2002 was higher than the statutory rate due to the impact of non-deductible costs. The 28.7% benefit against our pre-tax loss for the Predecessor period is primarily a result of seller's expenses incurred in connection with

25



the Acquisition. See Note 9 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to our effective tax rate.

        Net Income (Loss).    Our fiscal 2002 pre-tax income was $32.3 million up from a pre-tax loss of $3.6 million in fiscal 2001. As noted above, fiscal 2002 includes a $150,000 writedown related to a reduction in the carrying value of the land and building held for sale located in Barnesville, Georgia and $923,000 in expenses related to the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 in August of 2002 to register this offering of our common stock. Fiscal 2001 includes $11.3 million of Acquisition-related charges, $4.0 million of plant closure and asset impairment charges and $12.5 million in debt extinguishment costs. Excluding these items, our fiscal 2002 pre-tax income would have been $33.3 million and fiscal 2001 pre-tax income would have been $24.2 million. Our net income for fiscal 2002 was $19.3 million.

Fiscal year ended December 29, 2001 compared with fiscal year ended December 30, 2000

        Net Sales.    Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2001 were $518.5 million, an increase of $55.1 million, or 11.9%, compared to $463.4 million in fiscal 2000. This revenue growth was generated by strong performance across all sales channels of our major product markets which are baby, sleepwear and playclothes.

        Total wholesale net sales increased $35.2 million, or 14.2%, to $283.3 million in fiscal 2001 from $248.1 million in fiscal 2000. In fiscal 2001, wholesale net sales, excluding mass channel and off-price sales, increased $23.3 million, or 10.3%, to $250.5 million from $227.2 million in fiscal 2000. The increase in wholesale net sales during fiscal 2001 reflects the growth of baby, sleepwear and playclothes product lines of $5.3 million, or 4.6%, $7.6 million, or 8.5%, and $10.5 million, or 45.2% as compared to fiscal 2000. Strong product performance reflects improvements in fabrics, garment construction, embroideries and prints made possible through our global sourcing network. In addition to operating leased sewing facilities in Central America and Mexico, we have built a full-package sourcing network, which has enabled us to source better products at lower costs than we believe are available domestically. We entered the mass channel in the fourth quarter of 2000 by launching the Tykes brand, the net sales from which were $20.4 million for fiscal 2001. This contributed to the overall increase in total wholesale sales for this period. Off-price sales, which are merchandise sold at more than 25% off regular wholesale selling prices, for fiscal 2001 decreased $4.5 million to $12.4 million from $17.0 million in fiscal 2000. Off-price sales were 2.4% of total sales in fiscal 2001 compared to 3.7% in fiscal 2000.

        Retail store net sales increased $19.9 million, or 9.2%, in fiscal 2001 to $235.2 million from $215.3 million in fiscal 2000. This increase was attributed to strong growth of baby, sleepwear and playclothes product lines of $6.5 million, or 15.9%, $3.8 million, or 11.1%, and $10.5 million, or 12.5% as compared to 2000. Product performance was also the driving force behind our comparable store sales increase of 6.5% in fiscal 2001. During fiscal 2001, we opened nine stores and we closed five stores. There were 151 retail stores in operation at December 29, 2001 compared to 147 at December 30, 2000.

        Gross Profit.    In fiscal 2001, gross profit increased $16.3 million, or 9.6%, to $186.3 million compared to $170.0 million in fiscal 2000. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2001 decreased to 35.9% compared to 36.7% in fiscal 2000. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2001 reflects a $4.5 million charge related to the amortization of the step-up in the inventory valuation as of the Acquisition. Excluding this Acquisition adjustment, gross profit, as a percentage of net sales would have been 36.8% in fiscal 2001. This improvement in gross profit as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2001 reflects the benefit from the change in product sourcing strategies mentioned above partially offset by a higher mix of mass channel revenues.

26



        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    In fiscal 2001, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $11.6 million, or 8.5%, to $146.9 million from $135.3 million in fiscal 2000. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 28.3% in fiscal 2001 from 29.2% in fiscal 2000. Included in selling, general and administrative expenses are $1.3 million of costs incurred in connection with activities leading up to the Acquisition. Excluding these costs, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of our net sales was 28.1% in fiscal 2001. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales is attributed to the benefit from continued increases in comparable retail store growth and lower distribution costs relative to net sales, partially offset by investments in brand marketing.

        Acquisition-Related Charges/Writedown of Long-Lived Assets and Plant Closure Costs.    As described in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001, we incurred Predecessor Acquisition-related charges in connection with the sale of our company, including $4.5 million in management bonuses and $6.8 million in seller expenses.

        As described in Note 16 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, we closed two of our manufacturing facilities during the Predecessor period of fiscal 2001. In the first quarter of fiscal 2001, we closed our Harlingen, Texas sewing facility and recognized a charge of approximately $582,000 related to closure costs and involuntary termination benefits. Additionally, we recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $742,000 related to the writedown of the asset value to the sewing facility's estimated net realizable value. In the second quarter of fiscal 2001, we closed our fabric printing operations located in Barnesville, Georgia and recognized a charge of approximately $534,000 related to closure costs and involuntary termination benefits. Additionally, we recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $2.4 million related to the writedown of the asset value to the printing facility's estimated net realizable value. During the Successor period, we recorded $268,000 in reductions to the estimates of closure and termination costs.

        Royalty Income.    Royalty income was $7.6 million and $5.8 million in fiscal years 2001 and 2000. We attribute the increase in royalty income to the extension of our brands through new licensing arrangements and an increase in average royalty rates.

        Operating Income.    Operating income for fiscal 2001 decreased $8.8 million, or 21.7%, to $31.7 million compared to $40.5 million in fiscal 2000. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased to 6.1% in fiscal 2001 from 8.7% in fiscal 2000. The decrease primarily reflects the effects of the Predecessor Acquisition-related charges, plant closure costs and other costs incurred in connection with the Acquisition.

        Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.    As described in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, in connection with the Acquisition and refinancing, we incurred a charge of $12.5 million during the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001, which reflects the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs of approximately $4.7 million and debt prepayment penalties of approximately $7.8 million.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense for fiscal 2001 increased $4.1 million, or 21.7%, to $23.1 million from $19.0 million in fiscal 2000. Average daily revolver borrowings in fiscal 2001 were $5.9 million compared to $5.0 million in fiscal 2000. We attribute these increases primarily to additional borrowings resulting from the Acquisition and refinancing. Prior to the Acquisition, interest expense for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 was approximately $11.8 million, an amount comparable to the similar period in 2000. At December 29, 2001, outstanding debt aggregated $298.7 million compared to $161.4 million at December 30, 2000. Included in the outstanding debt at December 29, 2001 of $298.7 million was $125.0 million, which bore interest at a variable rate, so that an increase of 1% in the applicable rate would

27



increase our annual interest cost by $1,250,000. At December 29, 2001, we had no borrowings under our revolving loan facility. We had outstanding letters of credit totaling $6.5 million as of December 29, 2001.

        Income Taxes.    Our effective tax rate was 36.5% for the Successor period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001; 28.7% for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001; and 40.4% for fiscal 2000. The 28.7% benefit against our pre-tax loss for the Predecessor period is primarily a result of certain seller's expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition that are not deductible for tax purposes.

        Net Income (Loss).    Our fiscal 2001 pre-tax loss was $3.6 million, as compared to pre-tax income of $21.8 million in fiscal 2000. As noted above, fiscal 2001 includes a $4.5 million charge related to amortization of the step-up in the inventory valuation as of the Acquisition, $1.3 million of costs incurred in connection with activities leading up to the Acquisition, $11.3 million of Acquisition-related charges, $4.0 million of plant closure and asset impairment charges and $12.5 million debt extinguishment costs. Excluding these charges and Acquisition-related charges, our 2001 net income would have been approximately $15.5 million, as compared to net income of $12.7 million in fiscal 2000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our primary cash needs are working capital, capital expenditures and debt service. Historically, we have financed these needs primarily through internally generated cash flow and funds borrowed under an available senior credit facility. Our primary source of liquidity will continue to be cash flow from operations and borrowings under our revolving loan facility, and we expect that these sources will fund our ongoing requirements for debt service and capital expenditures. These sources of liquidity may be impacted by continued demand for our products and our ability to meet debt covenants under our senior credit facility.

        Net accounts receivable at July 5, 2003 were $59.9 million compared to $40.1 million at June 29, 2002 and $53.6 million at December 28, 2002. The increase over June 29, 2002 reflects the shipment of products under our Child of Mine brand to Wal-Mart and a higher level of other wholesale shipments in the later part of the second quarter ended July 5, 2003. Due to the seasonal nature of our operations, the net accounts receivable balance at July 5, 2003 is not comparable to the net accounts receivable balance at December 28, 2002.

        Net inventories at July 5, 2003 were $132.9 million compared to $98.1 million at June 29, 2002 and $105.7 million at December 28, 2002. This increase over June 29, 2002 in inventory levels was planned to support third quarter 2003 shipping requirements, including inventory required to support our new Child of Mine brand for Wal-Mart. Average inventory levels in 2003 are expected to be higher than average 2002 year-end net inventory levels of $93.8 million based on increases in forecasted demand and our focus on superior shipping performance to our customers. Due to the seasonal nature of our operations, net inventories at July 5, 2003 are not comparable to net inventories at December 28, 2002.

        Net cash used in operating activities for the first half of 2003 was $21.9 million compared to $632,000 for the first half of 2002. The increase in net cash used in operating activities in the first half of 2003 compared to the first half of 2002 is primarily attributed to the increases in inventory and accounts receivable, described above, reductions in current liabilities and partially offset by increases in net income. Net cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2001 was approximately $27.3 million and $31.3 million. This decrease was driven primarily by increases in accounts receivable and inventory levels partially offset by increases in current liabilities. Net cash provided by our operating activities in fiscal year 2000 was $24.2 million. This increase in net cash flow provided by operating activities in fiscal 2001 from fiscal 2000 was

28



primarily attributed to the reduction in inventory balances partially offset by payments of certain Acquisition-related expenses.

        We have invested $6.8 million in capital expenditures during the first half of 2003 compared to $5.6 million during the first half of 2002. We plan to invest an additional $16.2 million in capital expenditures during the remainder of fiscal 2003. Major investments include retail store openings and remodeling, fixturing programs for wholesale customers and the expansion of our distribution centers. We invested $18.0 million, $19.0 million and $17.2 million in capital expenditures during fiscal years 2002, 2001 and 2000.

        At July 5, 2003, we had approximately $291.9 million of debt outstanding, consisting of $173.9 million of senior subordinated notes, $118.0 million in term loan borrowings and no borrowings under our revolving loan facility exclusive of approximately $8.7 million of outstanding letters of credit. At July 5, 2003, we had approximately $51.3 million of financing available under our revolving loan facility. At December 28, 2002, we had approximately $297.6 million of debt outstanding, consisting of $173.9 million of senior subordinated notes, $123.8 million in term loan borrowings and no borrowings under our revolving loan facility, exclusive of approximately $16.3 million of outstanding letters of credit. The borrowings under the revolving loan facility will be available to fund our working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. We expect to use approximately $          million of the proceeds from this offering to redeem approximately $          million in principal amount of the outstanding senior subordinated notes at a redemption price of 110.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. After giving effect to this prepayment we will have $          million of senior subordinated notes outstanding.

        Principal borrowings under the term loan are due and payable in seventeen quarterly installments of $295,012 from September 30, 2003 through September 30, 2007 and four quarterly payments of approximately $28.2 million from December 31, 2007 through September 30, 2008. Interest on the term loan is usually payable at the end of interest rate reset periods, which vary in length but in no case exceed six months. The outstanding balance under the revolving loan facility is payable in full on August 15, 2006. Interest is payable quarterly on base rate borrowings under the revolving loan facility and may be payable more frequently in the event we choose a Eurodollar rate option available under the terms of our senior credit facility. No principal payments are required on the senior subordinated notes prior to their scheduled maturity in August 2011. Interest is payable semi-annually on the senior subordinated notes in February and August of each year. These payments commenced on February 15, 2002. Prior to the completion of this offering, our semi-annual interest payments on the senior subordinated notes have been $9.5 million. After our expected redemption of $61.3 million of the principal amount of these notes, our semi-annual interest payment will decrease to $6.1 million.

        On March 26, 2003, we made a principal prepayment of approximately $4.8 million, as required by an excess cash flow covenant in our senior credit facility. We expect that this excess cash flow covenant will result in future annual prepayments depending on the consolidated excess cash flow generated in each year. The lenders will apply such prepayments first to the term loan and, second, to reduce the revolving loan facility. Subject to certain conditions in our senior credit facility, we may make optional prepayments of our debt obligations without premium or penalty. The lenders will apply such optional prepayments according to our instruction.

        Effective July 29, 2003, our senior credit facility was amended to, among other things, increase the amount of the commitments under the revolving loan facility from $60.0 million to $75.0 million and allow for a maximum amount of commitments of $80.0 million, provide for a 75 basis point reduction in the applicable interest margin by prepaying our existing Tranche B term loan and replacing it with a new Tranche C term loan, reduce the amount of our mandatory loan prepayment requirement following the consummation of an initial public offering by us from a prepayment of

29



50% or 75% of excess cash flow to 25% or 50% of excess cash flow, depending on the applicable leverage ratio, and permit an aggregate dividend not to exceed $27.5 million to our equity holders and vested option holders. Additionally, our senior credit facility was amended to provide that, upon the consummation of an initial public offering by us, we are permitted to repurchase up to $61.3 million of our senior subordinated notes (plus any prepayment fees) with proceeds from this equity offering and settle our obligations of up to $3.6 million under the management agreement with Berkshire Partners LLC. These payments may be made prior to using 50% of any of the net proceeds of such an equity offering to prepay borrowings under our senior credit facility. Following the consummation of an initial public offering, we will also be permitted to repurchase up to an additional $15.0 million of our senior subordinated notes.

        On July 31, 2003, we paid a cash dividend of approximately $24.9 million on the outstanding shares of our common stock to the stockholders of record as of July 30, 2003. At the same time, we paid a special bonus of approximately $2.5 million to our vested option holders. This payment was funded using cash on hand as well as borrowings under our revolving loan facility, as described above. We have no current intention of paying further dividends. Our senior credit facility imposes certain covenants, requirements and restrictions on actions by us and our subsidiaries that, among other things, restrict the payment of dividends beyond the dividend noted above.

        As provided by a management agreement with Berkshire Partners LLC, we agreed, among other things, to pay Berkshire Partners an annual management fee of $1.65 million per year for four years, commencing on the first anniversary of the Acquisition. Historically, we have paid this fee quarterly, in advance. Upon the completion of this offering, we will pay Berkshire Partners $3.6 million to terminate our future obligations under our management agreement with them.

        In July 2003, we decided to exit two of our production facilities given our ability to obtain lower costs with third-party suppliers. Prior to the planned closure dates, the facilities will be held and used for production. During the second half of fiscal 2003 and the first half of 2004, we estimate that the aggregate costs associated with these closures will be approximately $2.6 million in cash and $1.8 million in non-cash expenses, consisting primarily of accelerated depreciation, impairment charges, severance and lease termination costs.

        The following table summarizes as of July 5, 2003, the maturity or expiration dates of financial obligations and commitments for the following fiscal years after giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds described in this prospectus ($000):

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  Thereafter
  Total
Long-term debt (a)   $ 590   $ 1,180   $ 1,180   $ 885   $ 1,180   $ 225,678   $ 230,693
Capital lease obligations     134     164                     298
Operating leases     9,043     16,099     13,187     10,337     7,390     14,060     70,116
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total financial obligations     9,767     17,443     14,367     11,222     8,570     239,738     301,107
Letters of credit     8,726                         8,726
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total financial obligations and commitments   $ 18,493   $ 17,443   $ 14,367   $ 11,222   $ 8,570   $ 239,738   $ 309,833
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(a)
Excludes $61.3 million of the principal amount of our senior subordinated notes redeemed with the proceeds of this offering.

        Based on our current level of operations and anticipated cost savings and operating improvements, we believe that cash generated from operations and available cash, together with amounts available under the revolving loan facility, will be adequate to meet our debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital needs for the foreseeable future. We may, however, need to refinance all or a portion of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes on or prior to maturity.

30



Effects of Inflation

        We are affected by inflation and changing prices primarily through the purchase of raw materials, increased operating costs and expenses and higher interest rates. The effects of inflation in changing prices on our net sales, revenues and operations have not been material in recent years. In recent years, there has been deflationary pressure on selling prices. Due to the competitive nature of the children's apparel industry, there is no assurance that this trend will not continue. While we have been successful in offsetting such deflationary pressures through expansion of our global sourcing network, if the trend in selling prices outpaces our ability to obtain further price reductions from our global suppliers, our profitability may be affected.

Seasonality

        We experience seasonal fluctuations in our sales and profitability, with generally lower sales and gross profit in the first and second quarters of our fiscal year. Over the past five fiscal years, approximately 58% of our consolidated net sales were generated in the second half of our fiscal year. We believe, generally, that the seasonality of sales and profitability is a factor that affects the baby and young children's apparel industry, and is primarily due to retailers' emphasis on price reductions in the first quarter, promotional retailers' and manufacturers' emphasis on closeouts of the prior year's product lines and "back-to-school" and holiday shopping patterns. Accordingly, our results of operations for the first and second quarters of any year are not indicative of the results we expect for the full year.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements. The following discussion addresses our critical accounting policies, which are those that require management's most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

31


32


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations" ("SFAS 143"). SFAS 143 requires recording the fair market value of an asset retirement obligation as a liability in the period in which a legal obligation associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets is incurred (including certain lease obligations). The statement also requires recording an asset offsetting the initial obligation as an increase to the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciation of that cost over the life of the asset. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 143 in the first quarter of 2003 and the impact of such adoption was not material to our financial position or results of operations for the second quarter or first half of 2003.

        In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections" ("SFAS 145"). SFAS 145 rescinds FASB Statement No. 4, which required all gains and losses from extinguishments of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Accounting Principles Board Opinion 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. The provisions of SFAS 145, as related to the rescission of FASB Statement No. 4, are effective for fiscal 2003. In the first quarter of 2003, we adopted the provisions of SFAS 145.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("SFAS 146"). SFAS 146 sets forth various modifications to existing accounting guidance, which prescribes the conditions that must be met in order for costs associated with contract terminations, facility consolidations and employee relocations and terminations to be accrued and recorded as liabilities in financial statements. Accordingly, SFAS 146 may affect the timing of recognizing any of our future restructuring costs as well as the amount recognized. SFAS 146 also establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. The provisions of SFAS 146 are required to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated by us after December 31, 2002. See Note 8 to the unaudited consolidated financial statements regarding our decision to close two of our production facilities.

        In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor's balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees, including indemnifications, that an entity has issued and a rollforward of the entity's product warranty liabilities. The disclosure provisions of FIN 45 were effective for financial statements of interim periods or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. In addition, we adopted the recognition provisions of FIN 45 effective January 1, 2003 for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure." SFAS 148 provides alternate methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more

33



prominently and in tabular format. Additionally, SFAS 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements were effective for us as of December 28, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements were effective for the first quarter of fiscal 2003.

        In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 149"). SFAS 149 amends and clarifies the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 149 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity" ("SFAS 150"). SFAS 150 requires that certain financial instruments, which under previous guidance were accounted for as equity, must now be accounted for as liabilities. The financial instruments affected include mandatorily redeemable stock, certain financial instruments that require or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets and certain obligations that can be settled with shares of stock. SFAS 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and must be applied to our existing financial instruments effective July 6, 2003, the beginning of the first fiscal period after June 15, 2003. We adopted SFAS 150 on June 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

        In the operation of our business, we have market risk exposures to global sourcing, raw material prices and interest rates. Each of these risks and our strategies to manage our exposure to them are discussed below.

        We currently source substantially all of our production from our offshore operations and third-party manufacturers located in foreign countries. As a result, we may be adversely affected by political instability resulting in the disruption of trade from foreign countries, the imposition of new regulations relating to imports, duties, taxes and other charges on imports, any significant decreases in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies, and restrictions on the transfer of funds. These and other factors could result in the interruption of production in offshore facilities, delay receipt of the products into the United States or affect our operating income. Our future performance may be subject to such factors, which are beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that such factors would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We carefully select our sourcing agents, and in an effort to mitigate the possible disruption in product flow, we place production in various countries we believe to be of lower risk.

        We enter into various purchase order commitments with full package suppliers. We can cancel these arrangements, although in some instances, we may be subject to a termination charge reflecting a percentage of work performed prior to cancellation. Historically, such cancellations and related termination charges have not had a material impact on our business.

        The principal raw materials we use are finished fabrics and trim materials. Prices for these materials are affected by changes in market demand and there can be no assurance that prices for these and other raw materials will not increase in the near future. These materials are available from more than one supplier, which enables us to negotiate pricing. However, the loss of one or more of

34



these suppliers could temporarily interrupt our supply, which could have an adverse effect on our sales and increase our costs.

        We contract for production with third parties primarily in the Far East and South and Central America. While these contracts are stated in United States dollars, there can be no assurance that the cost for the future production of our products will not be affected by exchange rate fluctuations between the United States dollar and the local currencies of these contractors. Due to the number of currencies involved, we cannot quantify the potential impact of future currency fluctuations on net income in future years. To date, such exchange fluctuations have not had a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

        Our operating results are subject to risk from interest rate fluctuations on debt, which carries variable interest rates. At July 5, 2003, outstanding debt aggregated $291.9 million, of which $118.0 million bore interest at a variable rate. An increase of 1% in the applicable rate would increase our annual interest cost by $1,180,000 and could have an adverse effect on our net income and cash flow. Pursuant to the provisions of our senior credit facility, we purchased an interest rate cap as an economic hedge against approximately $31.3 million of variable rate debt. The cap rate is 7.0% and the arrangement expires on December 7, 2004.

35



BUSINESS

General

        We are the largest branded marketer of baby apparel and a leading marketer of young children's apparel in the United States based on market share. Over our 138 years of operation, Carter's has become one of the most highly recognized and most trusted brand names in the children's apparel industry. We focus on providing high-quality, basic products at prices that deliver an attractive value to consumers. We believe the value proposition of our products appeals to a broad range of consumers, and our multi-channel sales strategy allows us to reach consumers where they shop. We sell our products under the Carter's and Carter's Classics brands in our wholesale channel, which includes over 400 department store, national chain and specialty store accounts. The wholesale channel also includes mass merchant stores where we sell our products under the Tykes brand in over 1,100 Target Stores and under our Child of Mine brand in over 2,900 Wal-Mart stores. Additionally, we operate 159 Carter's retail stores located primarily in premier outlet centers throughout the United States.

Our Market

        The market for baby and young children's apparel in the United States was $17.8 billion in 2002. This market is highly fragmented with no single brand's revenue representing more than 7% of the entire market in 2002.

        In the United States, there were approximately four million births reported in 2002 and demographers project a progressive increase in births over the next 20 years. Favorable demographic trends further support continued strength in the market for baby and young children's products. Highlights of these trends include:

Our Competitive Strengths

        We attribute our market leadership and our significant opportunities for continued growth and increased profitability to the following competitive strengths:

Superior Brand Power

        The Carter's brand carries a high level of positive brand awareness, and we believe Carter's has a strong, emotional connection with consumers as a result of more than 138 years of providing quality baby and young children's apparel at an attractive value. In a 2001 survey conducted by Fitzgerald & Co., 95% of mothers and grandmothers surveyed knew the Carter's name and over 85% had purchased Carter's products. The survey also indicated that these consumers trusted the Carter's brand.

        Since 1992, we have increased net sales from $227 million to $580 million. In the department, national chain, outlet, specialty store and off-price sales channels, our aggregate share of the layette market is 30% and our aggregate share of the baby and young children's sleepwear market is 29%. In fiscal 2002, our aggregate market shares in the layette and baby and young children's sleepwear markets in these channels were more than four and two times that of the next largest brands. We also have a significant presence in the much larger and highly fragmented baby and

36



young children's playclothes market. We believe our brand strength and leading market positions make us an integral component of our wholesale customers' baby and young children's departments.

        The strength of our brands has also allowed us to establish and grow a licensing program for the use of the Carter's, Carter's Classics and Tykes brands on products for babies and young children. In fiscal 2002, our licensees generated wholesale net sales of $113.8 million of licensed products on which we earned $8.4 million of royalty income. In the second quarter of 2003, we licensed our Child of Mine brand to many of our licensee partners for further brand expansion into Wal-Mart.

High-Volume, Core Products Strategy

        We develop and market basic, high-volume apparel products that consumers purchase frequently, such as bodysuits, pajamas and blanket sleepers. Whether they are shopping for their own children or purchasing gifts, consumers provide consistent demand for our products as they replace clothing outgrown by babies and young children and start new wardrobes for the four million babies born each year. Through our experienced design team, our core products are designed with simple and cost-effective construction and are distinguished through creative applications. In the past three years, we have invested in our design team in order to improve artistic applications on these core products. The majority of our core body styles continue from year to year with variations only to color, fabric or creative applications. In 2002, approximately $217.3 million, or 37%, of our net sales were from the baby segment, and because our products have relatively low fashion risk and high turnover, over 90% of babywear sales to our wholesale customers were products that were automatically replenished. In 2002, we sold approximately 14 million bodysuits, approximately 13 million sleep & play outfits and approximately 7 million blanket sleepers, which comprise our top three core product offerings. In 2002, we sold over 100 million units of Carter's products to our wholesale customers and through our retail stores, up approximately 19% from 2001. We believe our focus on core, replenishable products reduces the complexity of our inventory, increases our productivity, creates a more stable and predictable revenue base and provides us with a competitive advantage.

37



        Shown below are our top ten core products, which represented more than 80% of our net sales in 2002.

GRAPHIC

Multiple Sales Channels With Broad Consumer Reach

        Our multi-channel sales strategy allows us to reach consumers with varying demographic and socio-economic characteristics. Our wholesale customers range from high-end department stores to national mass merchant retailers and accounted for 56% of our net sales in 2002. We have long-standing, strategic relationships with our wholesale customers, which we believe are based on the way we manage their business, the consumer traffic and sales we generate for them and the high service level we provide. This enables us to maintain superior, consistent brand presentation and greater control of our product mix, resulting in higher profitability and productivity for both us and our wholesale customers. Many department and specialty stores have focused on promoting leading brands while reducing their number of suppliers. We believe that this focus and the consolidation of the apparel industry will continue to favor strong brands such as Carter's.

        We also operate 159 Carter's retail stores throughout the United States in quality outlet and strip centers, which extends our consumer reach and enhances brand awareness. Our retail stores offer convenience and value for consumers shopping outside the traditional mall setting. In the fourth quarter of 2000, we entered the mass channel by launching the Tykes brand in all Target stores. Given the fact that sales in the mass channel represent 35% of total market sales for baby and young children's apparel, and based on our success with Target, we chose to expand our reach by launching our Child of Mine brand in substantially all Wal-Mart stores in the United States in the second quarter of 2003.

38



Operational Expertise

        We believe that our skill at servicing our customers with on-time deliveries of high-quality products and our replenishment capabilities have been key drivers in building our market share with our wholesale customers. We believe this operational excellence distinguishes us from our competitors and has been an important factor in our successful entry into the leading mass merchant stores. As a result of recent improvements in our logistics, we have increased our speed to market with new products and have improved customer service levels.

Global Sourcing Network

        Our growth in recent years has been driven by strong product performance made possible through our global sourcing network. We have invested in people who have skills in sourcing products from the Far East, such as the ability to evaluate vendors, familiarity with foreign supply sources and experience in sourcing logistics particular to the Far East. Recently, we recruited people with these skills from Disney, Mast Industries, The Limited, The Gap and other apparel companies. In connection with our global sourcing initiatives we have closed our domestic manufacturing operations, including textile, printing, cutting, embroidery and sewing facilities. We also closed one offshore sewing facility. Fabric we previously produced is currently purchased from third-party manufacturers. We operate two sewing facilities in Costa Rica and two sewing facilities in Mexico. In July 2003, we decided to exit two of our production facilities given our ability to obtain lower costs with third-party suppliers. Prior to the planned closure dates, the facilities will be held and used for production.

        Since launching our global sourcing initiative, we have experienced significant increases in product quality, lower product costs and improvement in product margins, enabling us to more competitively price our products, accelerate revenue growth, increase sales and successfully enter the mass channel. We will attempt to realize further benefits and cost reductions through advanced information systems, the expansion of global sourcing relationships, reductions in stock-keeping units and product complexity and our continued focus on core product offerings.

        Our network consists of over 60 vendors located in more than 15 countries. We believe that our sourcing arrangements are sufficient to meet our current operating requirements and provide significant capacity for growth.

Strong Management Team With a Proven Track Record

        We have a strong and experienced management team. Four of our top executives, including Mr. Rowan, our Chief Executive Officer, joined us following successful careers running the Bassett-Walker, Lee Jeans and Jansport divisions of the VF Corporation. Our five senior executives average more than 20 years of experience in the textile and apparel industries. We believe that our management team has significant experience in developing brands, has demonstrated experience in disciplined financial planning and analysis, has a strong reputation with customers and the trade and financial communities, and possesses diverse skills that incorporate brand marketing, operations management, product merchandising and global sourcing.

        Since joining Carter's in 1992, our management team has been responsible for increasing net sales at a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 10%. During the same period, we have improved our operating results from a loss of $2.4 million in 1992 to a profit of $60.6 million in 2002. In addition, over the past decade our management team has successfully delivered on our strategic initiatives, including:

39


        In recent years we have expanded the management team to provide additional expertise in mass channel and outlet retailing, global sourcing, supply chain logistics and merchandising. After this offering, management will continue to own approximately    % of the equity of our company or    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

Our Growth Strategy

        We intend to continue to increase sales and profitability and to become the leading apparel brand in the United States for children under six years old. Our growth strategy includes:

Core Product Focus

        We believe that our focus on core products can drive sales volume and create an even more stable and predictable revenue base. We intend to expand our strong market shares within our sales channels by continuing to drive the growth of our core products through further fabric improvements, new artistic applications, new packaging and presentation strategies, additional investment in point-of-sale fixturing and more compelling pricing strategies.

        Our goal is to continually improve the value proposition of our products for our consumers. This will be made possible by our global sourcing network, which enables us to obtain better fabrics for our products and improve quality while lowering costs. We also have an opportunity to drive core product growth through the use of high-volume, multi-packaging programs as well as dedicated product displays.

Leverage Carter's Brand in the Large, Fragmented Playclothes Market

        As the largest brand in the United States in layette and sleepwear for babies and young children, we have a significant opportunity to leverage that strength and build market share in the highly fragmented, $12 billion playclothes market for babies and young children. In 2002, we had approximately $155.0 million of net sales in the playclothes market, only $54.4 million of which was generated from sales to our wholesale customers. Our playclothes strategy is to continue building brand leadership in core items such as t-shirts, leggings, shorts, casual pants, jumpsuits, rompers and creepers that we believe represent a significant opportunity for growth in the future. We intend to accomplish this by offering quality products at attractive prices and leveraging our strength with our existing wholesale customers and consumer base. The acceleration of our global sourcing strategy has allowed us to compete more effectively in playclothes by offering higher quality items at competitive prices. We will focus on offering our core products in playclothes that drove 80% of our playclothes revenue in 2002. These core playclothes products combined with our brand power and expanded sourcing capabilities are driving our share of the playclothes market in the department, national chain, outlet, specialty store and off-price sales channels for babies and young children, which grew from 4.2% in 2001 to 5.0% in 2002. In addition, we intend to drive sales by investing in new point-of-sale fixtures and implementing key-volume pricing strategies with our wholesale customers.

Expand Presence in Mass Channel

        In the fourth quarter of 2000, we entered the mass channel by launching the Tykes brand at all Target stores. In our first full year of operation, we shipped $20.4 million of Tykes products and in fiscal 2002 we shipped $23.8 million of Tykes products, an increase of 16%. In the first half of 2003,

40



net sales from Tykes more than doubled over the first half of 2002. In fiscal 2001, we earned $1.5 million in royalties from $19.9 million in net sales reported by licensees of the Tykes brand, and in fiscal 2002, we earned approximately $1.6 million in royalty income from $20.7 million in net sales reported by our licensees. At the end of the second quarter of 2003, we began shipping products under our Child of Mine brand to substantially all Wal-Mart stores in the United States and our licensees began shipping Child of Mine products to Wal-Mart in July 2003. This comprehensive launch began in Wal-Mart stores nationally in August 2003. We believe this expansion into the mass channel represents a significant growth opportunity for us. Thirty-five percent of sales in the $17.8 billion United States apparel market for babies and young children is generated through mass merchant stores nationwide. In 2002, Wal-Mart and Target together represented 78% of mass channel sales of apparel products for babies and young children in the United States in 2002.

Extend Reach and Increase Productivity of Retail Stores

        We intend to continue to grow our retail store business by extending the reach of our brands with store openings and by improving store productivity. We operate 159 retail stores, primarily located in premier outlet centers. For fiscal 2002, our comparable store sales in this channel increased more than 4%, and every store that had been open for at least twelve months was profitable. We intend to add eight to ten retail stores per year. Generally, new stores are profitable within the first year of operation and produce a payback of initial investment within one year after opening. We intend to increase our store productivity through an increased focus on core products, improved logistics and by elevating brand equity with improved presentation and signage. We further intend to increase the percentage of our core products in our retail stores and invest in high-volume fixturing providing a more compelling presentation. Additionally, we will implement more everyday value prices that drive sales of multiple items. We believe we have significant opportunities to expand our revenues and profits in this channel.

Continue Expansion of Global Sourcing

        We have achieved significant margin improvement while improving our high-quality standards with our transition from domestic manufacturing to full package global sourcing. Through this full package sourcing strategy, our products are manufactured by third-party contractors located throughout the world. Our full-package global sourcing currently accounts for approximately 70% of our total product mix, and we believe significant cost reduction and margin improvement are possible as we increase this percentage. The global sourcing mix varies by business unit with 100% of playwear, 75% of baby and 30% of sleepwear that is full package sourced. Sleepwear represents the last product category to move offshore due to Consumer Product Safety Commission sleepwear guidelines and longer lead-times for fabric development. In 2004, we expect that 40% of sleepwear will be offshore, up from 10% in 2002. This will provide substantial additional opportunity to increase margins while improving product benefits and reducing costs.

Optimize Supply Chain

        We have a significant opportunity to improve our supply chain. We are committing substantial management efforts to shorten product lead times, reduce product complexity and create a more effective distribution model. We are currently in the process of reducing our product development cycle by implementing initiatives to shorten each stage of the development calendar. Our core product focus includes continuing to reduce product complexity. Between 1999 and 2002, we reduced the average number of style and color combinations by approximately 16% while increasing revenues by 12.5%. Additionally, we have recently opened a new distribution facility that will provide us with the additional capacity necessary to meet the growth requirements of our expansion into the mass merchant channel as well as meet anticipated future growth needs.

41



Products and Markets

Cross-Functional Product Teams

        We design, manufacture, source and market a broad array of baby and young children's apparel. We have three cross-functional product teams focused on baby, sleepwear and playclothes. These teams are skilled in identifying and developing high-volume, core products. Each team includes members from design, sourcing, product development, forecasting and supply chain logistics. The teams follow a disciplined approach to fabric usage, color rationalization and productivity and are supported by a dedicated art department and state-of-the-art design systems. We also license our brand names to other companies to create a complete collection of coordinating products, such as bedding, strollers, underwear, shoes, room décor and toys. The licensing team directs the use of Carter's designs, art and selling strategies to all licensees.

        This disciplined approach to product design is meant to reduce risk and large seasonal fluctuations while shortening the development cycle. We have a validation process for testing and introducing products. Artwork, color and product silhouettes are tested with consumers, key wholesale accounts and an internal creative steering committee. We also apply quantitative measurements such as pre-season bookings, tests of new products prior to launch in retail stores, weekly over-the-counter selling results and daily re-order rates on baby products.

Baby

        We are the leading brand in layette. In fiscal 2002, we generated $217.3 million in net sales of these products representing 37% of total net sales. In fiscal 2002, in the department, national chain, outlet, specialty store and off-price sales channels, our aggregate market share was approximately 30% for layette, which represents greater than four times the market share of the next largest brand. We sell a complete range of layette products for newborns, primarily made of cotton. Our layette products include bodysuits, undershirts, towels, washcloths, receiving blankets, layette gowns, bibs, caps and booties. We attribute our leading market position to our brand strength, distinctive print designs, art applications, reputation for quality and ability to manage our dedicated floor space for our retail customers. We tier our products through marketing programs targeted toward: gift-givers, experienced mothers and first-time mothers. Carter's Classics consists of small coordinated layette programs designed for first-time mothers and gift-givers. Carter's Starters, the largest component of our layette business, provides mothers with all the essentials in value-focused multi-packs. This program is driven by key-volume price points and high-volume fixtures at point of sale.

Sleepwear

        Our sleepwear products include pajamas, cotton long underwear and blanket sleepers in size 12 months to size 7. In fiscal 2002, we generated $149.3 million in net sales of these products, or 26% of total net sales. We are the leading supplier of sleepwear for babies and young children within the department, national chain, outlet, specialty store and off-price sales channels in the United States. In fiscal 2002 in these channels, our market share was 29%, which represented more than two times the market share of the next largest brand. As in layette, we try to differentiate our sleepwear products from the competition by offering high-volume, core products with creative artwork utilizing consumer-tested prints and embroideries.

Playclothes

        Our playclothes products include knit and woven cotton apparel for everyday use. In fiscal 2002, we generated $155.0 million in net sales of these products, or 27% of total net sales. The market for baby and young children's playclothes in fiscal 2002 was six times the size of the layette and sleepwear markets combined. The $12 billion playclothes market for babies and young children

42



is highly fragmented, with no single branded competitor having more than a 6.4% share of the entire market in 2002. Our market share in the department, national chain, outlet, specialty store and off-price sales channels in 2002 was approximately 5.0%. We continue to focus on strengthening playclothes products by developing a base of high-volume, core products that utilize original print designs and innovative artistic applications. We believe this product focus, in addition to our high brand name awareness, strong wholesale customer relationships and expanded global sourcing network, is increasing our playclothes sales.

Other Products

        The remainder of our product offering includes bedding, outerwear, shoes, socks, diaper bags, gift sets, toys, room décor and hair accessories. In fiscal 2002, we generated $57.9 million in sales of these other products in our retail stores.

Licensed Products

        We extend our consumer reach by licensing our brands to 18 marketers of related products. These licensing partners develop and sell products through our multiple sales channels while leveraging our brand strength, customer relationships and artwork. Our license agreements require strict adherence to our quality and compliance standards and to a multi-step product approval process. We are very involved with each of our licensing partners in developing the products and ensuring they fit within our vision of high-quality, core products at a good value to the consumer. In addition, we work closely with our wholesale customers and our licensees to gain dedicated real estate for licensed product categories. Our licensed products provide our customers and consumers with a range of Carter's, Carter's Classics, Tykes and Child of Mine products that complement and expand upon our core baby and young children's apparel. We licensed our Child of Mine brand to many of our licensee partners for further brand extension into Wal-Mart. In fiscal 2002, our licensees, who are listed below, generated wholesale net sales of $113.8 million on which we earned $8.4 million in royalty income:

Licensee
  Product(s)
Baby Boom   Diaper Bags and Room Décor
C.R. Gibson   Baby Books, Stationery and Photo Albums
Goldbug   Hosiery and Soft Shoes
J Lamb   Mattress Pads
Kids II   Developmental Toys and Bouncers
Kolcraft   Hard Goods
K & R   Swimwear
Nolan Glove   Hats and Gloves
Pico   Underwear
Prestige Toy   Plush Toys
Rashti & Rashti   Gift Sets
Riegel   Bedding
Riviera   Hairwear and Sunglasses
The Rug Market   Rugs
Samara   Outerwear
Vida Shoes   Shoes
Yardley   Toiletries
York   Wallpaper and Borders

43


Multiple Sales Channels

        We have expanded our consumer reach by increasing sales to our wholesale accounts, opening new retail stores and our recent expansion into the mass channel. We sell our products to top retailers in the country and through our own retail outlet and strip center stores. In fiscal 2002, sales through the wholesale channel, including mass merchant net sales, accounted for 56% of our total sales, while sales through our retail stores accounted for 44% of total sales. In 2002, Kohl's accounted for approximately 10.1% of our consolidated net sales while no other wholesale customer accounted for more than 10.0% of our consolidated net sales.

Wholesale

        Our top wholesale customers are leading children's retailers in the United States: Kohl's, Kid's "R" Us/Babies "R" Us, JCPenney, Federated, May Company, Sears and Mervyn's. We sell our products in the United States through a network of approximately 30 sales professionals. Our sales professionals work with their department or specialty store accounts to establish annual plans for our layette and baby apparel products within the Carter's line which we refer to as core basics. Once we establish an annual plan with an account, we place the majority of our accounts on our weekly automatic reorder plan for core basics. Automatic reorder allows us to plan our sourcing requirements and benefits both us and our wholesale customers by maximizing our customers' in-stock positions, thereby improving sales and profitability. Our sleepwear and playclothes products are planned and ordered seasonally as we introduce new products.

        We intend to drive continued growth with our wholesale customers through our focus on managing our key accounts' business through product mix, fixturing, brand presentation and advertising. We believe that we maintain strong account relationships and drive brand growth through frequent meetings with our key wholesale customers.

        In the fourth quarter of 2000, we successfully entered the mass channel by launching the Tykes brand in all Target stores nationwide. The Tykes product line includes layette, sleepwear and baby playclothes along with a range of licensed products, such as hosiery, bedding, toys and room décor products. With an average store presentation of 27 linear feet and two floor fixtures, along with our in-store signage program, our position in the Target stores is establishing a strong brand presence. In fiscal 2001, we generated $20.4 million in net sales of the Tykes brand to Target, and in 2002, we generated $23.8 million in net sales, an increase of 16%. Our licensees generated an additional $19.9 million in sales of the Tykes brand to Target from which we earned $1.5 million in royalty income in fiscal 2001 and $20.7 million in Tykes sales from which we earned $1.6 million in royalty income in fiscal 2002.

        During the second quarter of 2003, we launched our Child of Mine brand in substantially all Wal-Mart stores in the United States, which represents a tremendous opportunity to expand our presence in mass merchant stores. Wal-Mart is the largest retailer in the world and in 2002, represented 56% of mass channel sales of apparel products for babies and young children in the United States. We believe our entry into Wal-Mart will provide us with incremental revenue since we will be reaching a new, expanded consumer base to whom we were not previously marketing. The average store set includes 18 feet of layette, bedding, toys and gifts along with 1.5 floor fixtures of sleepwear and playwear.

Retail

        We operate 159 Carter's retail stores in 39 states, of which 144 are in outlet centers and 15 are in strip centers. These stores carry a complete assortment of first-quality baby and young children's apparel, accessories and gift items. Our stores average approximately 5,000 square feet per location and are distinguished by an easy, consumer friendly shopping environment. We believe our

44



consistent and well-defined pricing strategy coupled with a broad assortment of basic products has made our stores a destination location within many outlet centers.

        We have established a disciplined real estate selection process whereby we fully assess all new locations based on demographic factors, retail adjacencies and population density. We believe that we are located in many of the premier outlet centers in the United States and that we are successfully adding high-volume strip center locations to our portfolio.

Competition

        The baby and young children's apparel markets are highly competitive. Competition generally is based upon product quality, brand name recognition, price, selection, service and convenience. Both branded and private label manufacturers compete in the baby and young children's apparel markets. Our primary competitors in our wholesale business include Oshkosh B'Gosh, Gerber, Disney and private label product offerings. We also compete with specialty store retailers, including The Gap, Gymboree and The Children's Place. Most retailers, including our customers, have significant private label product offerings in playclothes and baby that compete with us. Because of the highly fragmented nature of the industry, we also compete with many small manufacturers and retailers. We believe, however, that our combination of brand strength, size and operational expertise position us well against these competitors.

Environmental Matters

        We are subject to various federal, state and local laws that govern activities or operations that may have adverse environmental effects. Noncompliance with these laws and regulations can result in significant liabilities, penalties and costs. Generally, compliance with environmental laws has not had a material impact on our operations, but there can be no assurance that future compliance with such laws will not have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses

        We own many trademarks and tradenames, including Carter's®,Carter's® Classics, Carter's® Starters, Celebrating Childhood™, Celebrating Imagination®,Child of Mine®, Jiffon®, Just One Year® and Nevabind® as well as copyrights, many of which are registered in the United States and in 60 foreign countries. Under an agreement with The Little Tikes Company, we have licensed the right to use and sublicense the Tykes trademark for use on our products sold at Target stores. Our rights to use this trademark on our clothing products on a royalty-free basis will expire on December 31, 2003, and our rights to use this trademark on toys and other products will expire on December 31, 2003. After 2003, we may continue to sell clothing products, and during the remainder of 2003, we may continue to sell toys and other products using the Tykes brand, although these sales are subject to an agreement with The Little Tikes Company, which requires us to pay royalties to them.

        We license the Carter's, Carter's Classics and Child of Mine names and sublicense the Tykes name along with many of our trademarks and tradenames to third-party manufacturers to produce and distribute children's apparel and related products such as diaper bags, room decor, socks, strollers, hair accessories, outerwear, underwear, bedding, plush toys and shoes. We license the rights to John Lennon's Real Love artwork collection and the artwork of Eric Carle under agreements that expire December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005.

Employees

        As of July 5, 2003, we had 5,557 employees, 1,865 of whom were employed on a full-time basis in our domestic operations, 897 of which were employed on a part-time basis in our domestic operations and 2,795 of which were employed on a full-time basis in our offshore operations. None

45



of our employees are unionized. We have had no labor-related work stoppages and believe that our labor relations are good.

Properties

        We operate 159 leased retail stores located primarily in outlet centers across the United States, having an average size of approximately 5,000 square feet. Generally, leases have an average term of approximately five years with additional five-year renewal options. Domestically, we own three distribution facilities, two in Georgia and one in Pennsylvania. We also own a manufacturing facility as well as two office buildings in Georgia. We lease office space in four buildings, two in Georgia, one in Connecticut and one in New York. In February 2001, we entered into a ten-year lease agreement for our corporate office in Atlanta, Georgia. In January 2003, we entered into a seven-year lease agreement, with a cancellation option after four years, for a new distribution facility in Stockbridge, Georgia. Internationally, we lease two sewing facilities in Costa Rica and two in Mexico.

        Aggregate lease commitments as of July 5, 2003 for the above rental properties are as follows: fiscal 2003—$8.6 million; fiscal 2004—$15.5 million; fiscal 2005—$12.8 million; fiscal 2006—$10.2 million; and fiscal 2007—$7.4 million and $14.1 million for the balance of these commitments beyond fiscal 2007.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we have been involved in various legal proceedings. We believe that all of such litigation is routine in nature and incidental to the conduct of our business, and we believe that no such litigation will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

        During 2002, a lawsuit was filed against us in which the plaintiff is claiming damages of approximately $830,000 related to an alleged oral guarantee of money owed to it by a third-party vendor. We have not provided for this exposure, as we believe that this claim is without merit and we intend to vigorously defend this matter.

46



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

Name

  Age
  Position
Frederick J. Rowan, II   63   Chairman of the board of directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
Joseph Pacifico   54   President-Marketing
Charles E. Whetzel, Jr.   53   Executive Vice President-Global Sourcing
David A. Brown   46   Executive Vice President-Operations
Michael D. Casey   43   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Bradley M. Bloom   50   Director
Ross M. Jones   38   Director
David Pulver   62   Director
Paul Fulton   68   Director
John R. Welch   70   Director

        Frederick J. Rowan, II joined us in 1992 as President and Chief Executive Officer and became Chairman of our board of directors in October 1996. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rowan was Group Vice President of VF Corporation, a multi-division apparel company and, among other positions, served as President and Chief Executive Officer of both The HD Lee Company Inc. and Bassett-Walker, Inc., divisions of VF Corporation. Mr. Rowan, who has been involved in the textile and apparel industries for 38 years, has been in senior executive positions for nearly 26 of those years. Mr. Rowan began his career at the DuPont Corporation and later joined Aileen, Inc., a manufacturer of women's apparel, where he subsequently became President and Chief Operating Officer.

        Joseph Pacifico joined us in 1992 as Executive Vice President-Sales and Marketing and was named President-Marketing in 1997. Mr. Pacifico began his career with VF Corporation in 1981 as a sales representative for The HD Lee Company Inc. and was promoted to the position of Vice President of Marketing in 1989, a position he held until 1992.

        Charles E. Whetzel, Jr. joined us in 1992 as Executive Vice President-Operations and was named Executive Vice President-Manufacturing in 1997. In 2000, Mr. Whetzel's title became Executive Vice President-Global Sourcing consistent with our focus on expansion of global sourcing capabilities. Mr. Whetzel began his career at Aileen, Inc. in 1971 in the Quality function and was later promoted to Vice President of Apparel. Following Aileen, Inc., Mr. Whetzel held positions of increased responsibility with Health-Tex, Inc., Mast Industries, Inc. and Wellmade Industries Inc. In 1988, Mr. Whetzel joined Bassett-Walker, Inc. and was later promoted to Vice President of Manufacturing for The HD Lee Company Inc.

        David A. Brown joined us in 1992 as Senior Vice President-Business Planning and Administration. In 1997, Mr. Brown was named Executive Vice President-Operations. Prior to 1992, Mr. Brown held various positions at VF Corporation including Vice President-Human Resources for both The HD Lee Company Inc. and Bassett-Walker, Inc. Mr. Brown also held personnel focused positions with Blue Bell, Inc. and Milliken & Company earlier in his career.

        Michael D. Casey joined us in 1993 as Vice President-Finance and was named Senior Vice President-Finance in 1997. In 1998, Mr. Casey was named Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In March 2003, Mr. Casey was named Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Casey was a Senior Manager with Price Waterhouse LLP.

47



        Bradley M. Bloom became a director in August 2001. Mr. Bloom is a Managing Director of Berkshire Partners LLC, which he co-founded in 1986. He has been a director of several of Berkshire Partners' retailing companies including Gordon Brothers Group, Sterling, Inc., America's Best Contacts and Eyeglasses, L.P. and Miami Cruiseline Services Holdings I B.V.

        Ross M. Jones became a director in August 2001. Mr. Jones is a Managing Director of Berkshire Partners LLC, which he joined in 1993. He has been a director of several of Berkshire Partners' retailing, manufacturing and business services companies including AVW- TELAV Inc., Sterling Collision Centers, Inc. and Thomas Built Buses, Inc.

        David Pulver became a director in January 2002. Mr. Pulver has been a private investor for approximately 21 years and is the President of Cornerstone Capital, Inc. and a current board member of Hearst-Argyle Television, Inc. and was a board member of Costco Wholesale Corp. Mr. Pulver was a founder of The Children's Place, Inc. and served as its Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer until 1982.

        Paul Fulton became a director in May 2002. Mr. Fulton retired as President of Sara Lee Corp. in 1993, after spending 34 years with the company. He is currently non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Bassett Furniture Industries, Incorporated and is a current board member of Bank of America Corporation, Sonoco Products Company and Lowe's Companies Inc.

        John R. Welch became a director in February 2003. Mr. Welch retired as President of Mast Industries (Far East) Ltd. in April 2002 after spending the previous 18 years with the company. Mr. Welch also served as Executive Vice President of Operations at Warnaco Knitwear, a division of Warnaco, Inc. from August 1978 to December 1983.

Board Composition

        Our board of directors currently consists of six directors. Each of the directors was elected to the board of directors pursuant to the terms of an agreement among stockholders that will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Prior to this offering, the board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will serve for a three-year term. Mr. Jones and Mr. Pulver will serve in the class with a term expiring in 2004, Mr. Bloom and Mr. Rowan will serve in the class with a term expiring in 2005, and Mr. Fulton and Mr. Welch will serve in the class with a term expiring in 2006. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The board of directors may also establish other committees to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.

        The audit committee makes recommendations to the board of directors regarding the independent accountants to be nominated for election by the stockholders and reviews the independence of such accountants, approves the scope of the annual audit activities of the independent accountants, preapproves the audit fee payable to the independent accountants and reviews audit results with the independent accountants. The audit committee is currently comprised of David Pulver, Chairman, Ross M. Jones and Paul Fulton. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP presently serve as our independent accountants.

        The compensation committee reviews our compensation and benefit plans generally, and also fixes the compensation and benefits that we pay to our chief executive officer. In addition, the compensation committee reviews the chief executive officer's recommendations on compensation of all of our other officers and on adopting and changing major compensation policies and practices. The committee reports on its proceedings to the board of directors for approval and authorization.

48



The compensation committee also administers our stock plans. The compensation committee is currently comprised of Paul Fulton, Chairman, Bradley M. Bloom and Ross M. Jones.

        The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for identifying and recommending potential candidates qualified to become board members, recommending directors for appointment to board committees and developing and recommending to the board a set of corporate governance principles. The nominating and corporate governance committee is currently comprised of Ross M. Jones, Chairman, Bradley M. Bloom and John R. Welch.

Officers

        Each officer serves at the discretion of the board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

Compensation Committee, Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Mr. Jones, Mr. Bloom and Mr. Fulton serve on our compensation committee. Mr. Jones and Mr. Bloom also held the office of vice president of our company but resigned in August 2002, and we did not compensate them for their services as vice presidents. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth all compensation earned in fiscal years 2002, 2001 and 2000 by our Chief Executive Officer and each of the other four most highly compensated executive officers whom we refer to collectively as the "named executive officers." The current compensation arrangement for each of these officers is described in "Employment Arrangements."

Summary Compensation Table

 
   
  Annual Compensation
  Long-Term
Compensation

   
Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year

  Salary
  Bonus(a)
  Other Annual
Compensation(b)

  Securities
Underlying
Options

  All Other
Compensation(c)

Frederick J. Rowan, II
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
  2002
2001
2000
  $

683,000
650,000
600,000
  $

5,853,800
812,500
1,080,000
  $

616,261
682,546
1,144,477
 
149,959
  $

102,901
2,477,901
102,901

Joseph Pacifico
President-Marketing

 

2002
2001
2000

 

$


441,000
420,000
390,000

 

$


358,300
341,250
456,300

 

$


262,029
257,318
251,707

 


48,711

 

$



325,000

Charles E. Whetzel, Jr.
Executive Vice President-Global Sourcing

 

2002
2001
2000

 

$


314,000
285,000
262,500

 

$


255,100
231,563
307,100

 

$


158,411
146,454
140,809

 


48,711

 

$



325,000

David A. Brown
Executive Vice President-Operations

 

2002
2001
2000

 

$


314,000
285,000
262,500

 

$


255,100
231,563
307,100

 

$


117,184
118,538
166,166

 


48,711

 

$



325,000

Michael D. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

2002
2001
2000

 

$


299,000
250,000
210,000

 

$


242,900
203,125
245,700

 

$


125,251
116,278
100,097

 


48,711

 

$



1,175,000

(a)
In fiscal 2002 Mr. Rowan's bonus included a special bonus of $5.0 million paid pursuant to his newly amended and extended employment agreement.

(b)
Other annual compensation includes supplemental retirement plan benefits and associated tax gross-up payments for each named executive officer other than Mr. Rowan, automobile allowances and medical cost reimbursement. In fiscal 2000, other annual compensation for Mr. Rowan included relocation assistance. For Mr. Rowan, other annual compensation includes tax gross-up payments for the increase in investment value of the trust established to fund his supplemental retirement plan.

(c)
All other compensation includes Acquisition-related management bonuses. For Mr. Rowan, this includes an annual premium paid for life insurance policies for his benefit.

49


Option Grants in 2002

        We did not grant any options to acquire common stock to our named executive officers during fiscal 2002.

Option Exercises in 2002 and Year-End Option Values

        None of our named executive officers exercised options to purchase our common stock during fiscal 2002. The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock subject to options and the value of such options held by each of our named executive officers as of the last day of fiscal 2002. This table assumes a per share price of $39.52, which we estimate to be the fair market value of a share of our common stock on that date.

 
  Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
at Fiscal Year End (#)

   
   
 
  Value of Unexercised
In-The-Money Options
at Fiscal Year End ($)

Name

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
Frederick J. Rowan, II   266,965   134,948   $ 8,669,168   $ 2,010,728
Joseph Pacifico   3,753   44,958   $ 55,917   $ 669,877
Charles E. Whetzel, Jr.   3,753   44,958   $ 55,917   $ 669,877
David A. Brown   3,753   44,958   $ 55,917   $ 669,877
Michael D. Casey   3,753   44,958   $ 55,917   $ 669,877

Employment Arrangements

        Frederick J. Rowan, II, Chairman of our board of directors, President and Chief Executive Officer, entered into a revised employment agreement with us in December 2002. Mr. Rowan's employment agreement is for a five-year term, subject to termination upon notice. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Rowan received a $5.0 million special bonus and is entitled to receive:

        If we terminate Mr. Rowan's employment without cause, he will continue to receive his then-current salary and we will maintain fringe benefits on his behalf for three years following his termination. Mr. Rowan will also receive specified bonuses. Mr. Rowan has agreed not to compete with us for the two-year period following the end of his employment with us, unless he is terminated without cause, in which case the duration of such period is one year.

        In 1992, we entered into an agreement with Frederick J. Rowan, II which will provide Mr. Rowan with a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan according to a formula based largely on his final average annual salary (plus awards under our incentive plan) during the highest 36 consecutive months of his last 60 months of employment, offset by both certain other retirement benefits provided by us, our operating subsidiary and prior employers and Social Security benefits to which he is entitled. The benefit calculation is subject to an overall maximum amount. The maximum amount equals the after tax benefit that would be realized by Mr. Rowan if he were to receive a fully taxable benefit of $385,000 payable under a 50% joint and survivor form of annuity. The plan's normal retirement date is the first day of the month following the month in which Mr. Rowan attains age 65. Assets supporting the obligations of this agreement are held in a dedicated secular trust and are not our assets. The assets are comprised of insurance policies that have a cash value. At

50



the date of the Acquisition, the trust's assets were deemed sufficient to meet all obligations under the plan. To the extent the assets of the trust become insufficient to meet our obligations to Mr. Rowan, we would be required to fund any shortfall.

        Joseph Pacifico, Charles E. Whetzel, Jr., David A. Brown and Michael D. Casey each entered into a revised employment agreement with us in August 2001. The employment agreement of each of these executives is for a two-year term, which automatically extends annually for successive one-year terms, subject to termination upon notice. Pursuant to such agreements, Messrs. Pacifico, Whetzel, Brown and Casey are entitled to receive:

        If we terminate any of these executives' employment without cause as defined, he will continue to receive his then-current salary and specified bonuses for two years following termination, and we will maintain fringe benefits on his behalf until the earlier of the end of the two-year period following termination or his 65th birthday. Each of these executives has agreed not to compete with us for a one-year period following the end of his employment with us, unless we terminate him without cause as defined, in which case the duration of such period is six months.

2001 Equity Incentive Plan

        We have adopted an equity incentive plan to provide incentives to our employees, directors and consultants by granting them awards tied to our common stock. The plan provides for the grant of options to purchase up to 986,049 shares of our common stock. Outstanding options vest and become exercisable based on time or performance measurements. As of the date of this prospectus, we have granted options to purchase 904,308 shares of our common stock of which options to purchase 423,236 shares are exercisable.

Director Compensation

        We have established an annual compensation arrangement with David Pulver, Paul Fulton and John R. Welch, under which each receives annually approximately $30,000 for serving as a director. We also have established arrangements to compensate Messrs. Pulver and Fulton for their participation in audit committee meetings, with each director receiving $1,000 for each audit committee meeting convening in conjunction with a board meeting and $2,500 for each audit committee meeting convening separately from a board meeting. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Pulver received $9,000 in connection with these participation arrangements. In special circumstances, we ask our directors to participate in additional meetings throughout the year. In fiscal 2002, Mr. Pulver and Mr. Fulton each received $1,000 for their contributions at a special strategy meeting. We pay no additional remuneration to Mr. Rowan or to executives of Berkshire Partners for serving as directors. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

51



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In January 2000, we issued a loan to Frederick J. Rowan, II, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, in the amount of $4.3 million, the proceeds of which were partially used by Mr. Rowan to repay a previous loan from us in the amount of $1.5 million. In connection with the Acquisition, we amended the terms of this loan. As amended, the $4.3 million loan is payable in annual installments of $600,000 commencing on March 31, 2003, and thereafter on each anniversary thereof until such principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon has been repaid. In December 2002, Mr. Rowan made a voluntary payment of $1.5 million on this obligation. The loan may become due, at our option, if Mr. Rowan is no longer our employee, if we close a public offering of our equity securities, including this offering, upon a change in voting control of Carter's, or upon other customary events of default. We do not currently plan to exercise this option to accelerate Mr. Rowan's loan, however, the loan may be accelerated at the discretion of our board of directors. The loan is collateralized by his equity in Carter's. The loan bears interest at the average rate payable by us under the revolving loan facility which averaged 3.6% during the second quarter of 2003. The loan is prepayable with proceeds of any disposition of Mr. Rowan's stock in Carter's. The highest outstanding balance under Mr. Rowan's loan during fiscal 2002 was $5.3 million. As of July 5, 2003, $3.3 million remained outstanding under this loan.

        In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a management agreement with Berkshire Partners LLC. Under this agreement, we agreed, among other things, to pay Berkshire Partners an annual management fee of $1.65 million for four years commencing on the first anniversary of the Acquisition. We pay this fee quarterly in advance. To date, we have paid Berkshire Partners $1.9 million under this agreement. In connection with this offering, we and Berkshire Partners have agreed to terminate our future obligations under this agreement. We have agreed to pay Berkshire Partners $784,000, representing the accrued but unpaid portion of its fees, and an additional $2.8 million to terminate the remaining obligation. In addition, upon consummation of the Acquisition, we paid Berkshire Partners an acquisition fee of $2.0 million.

        In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a stockholders agreement with each of our stockholders that provides for restrictions and rights related to the transfer, sale or purchase of our stock and agreements related to the voting of shares of our stock, including the nomination of the nominees of Berkshire Partners to serve on our board of directors. These restrictions and rights will terminate upon consummation of this offering. The stockholders agreement also provides Berkshire Partners the right to require us to file a registration statement covering the public offering of this common stock at any time more than six months after this offering.

        On May 15, 2002, Paul Fulton purchased 20,309 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $500,000.

        On April 5, 2002, David Pulver purchased 20,309 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $500,000.

        On May 31, 2003, John R. Welch purchased 2,530 shares in our common stock for aggregate consideration of $100,000.

52



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        We have a single class of capital stock outstanding. The following table sets forth, as of August 25, 2003, the number and percentage of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by (i) each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each named executive officer, (iv) all our directors and executive officers as a group and (v) each other stockholder selling shares in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated in a footnote, each person possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned by such person. As used in the table, beneficial ownership has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3(d)(1) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. Unless indicated otherwise, the address for each individual or entity listed below is: The Proscenium, 1170 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 900, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.

 
  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to Offering

   
  Beneficial Ownership
After Offering

 
Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares to
be Sold

 
  Shares
  Percent
  Shares
  Percent
 
Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership(1)   5,082,616   90.1 %           %
Frederick J. Rowan, II(2)   328,590   5.5 %     328,590     %
Joseph Pacifico(3)   104,771   1.9 %     104,771     %
Charles E. Whetzel, Jr.(3)   104,771   1.9 %     104,771     %
David A. Brown(3)   104,771   1.9 %     104,771     %
Michael D. Casey(3)   45,273   *       45,273   *  
Bradley M. Bloom(4)              
Ross M. Jones(4)              
David Pulver(5)   20,709   *       20,709   *  
Paul Fulton(6)   20,709   *       20,709   *  
John R. Welch(7)   2,530   *       2,530   *  
All directors and executive officers as a group(8)   732,122   12.1 %     732,122     %

Other Selling Stockholders


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 
Squam Lake Investors V, L.P.   50,928   *           *  
Sunapee Securities, Inc.   8,529   *           *  
Waban Investors I, L.P.   1,462   *           *  
RGIP, LLC   20,306   *           *  
Bain & Company   13,539   *           *  

*
Indicates less than 1% of our common stock.

(1)
Includes, prior to this offering, 3,233,290 shares of common stock held by Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership; 1,525,997 shares of common stock held by Berkshire Fund V Coinvestment Fund, Limited Partnership; and 323,329 shares of common stock held by Berkshire Investors LLC. Fifth Berkshire Associates LLC is the general partner of each of Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership and Berkshire Fund V Coinvestment Fund, Limited Partnership and has voting and investment power for each partnership. Fifth Berkshire Associates LLC and Berkshire Investors LLC have the same managing members including Messrs. Bloom and Jones. The address of each of these entities is c/o Berkshire Partners, One Boston Place, Suite 3300, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

(2)
Includes 311,938 shares subject to exercisable options, including options that will become exercisable during the 60 days after August 25, 2003.

53


(3)
Includes 19,484 shares subject to exercisable options, including options that will become exercisable during the 60 days after August 25, 2003.

(4)
Messrs. Bloom and Jones are Managing Directors of Berkshire Partners LLC. By virtue of their positions as managing members of each of Berkshire Investors LLC and Fifth Berkshire Associates LLC, the general partner of Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership and Berkshire Fund V Coinvestment Fund, Limited Partnership, Messrs. Bloom and Jones may be deemed to possess beneficial ownership of 5,082,616 shares of common stock beneficially owned by these entities, which represents 90.1% of our outstanding common stock. However, neither Mr. Bloom nor Mr. Jones, acting alone, has voting or investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by these entities.

(5)
Mr. Pulver is the sole stockholder of Cornerstone Capital, Inc., which is the record holder of the shares set forth next to Mr. Pulver's name above. The address for Cornerstone Capital, Inc. is 2711 Rhone Drive, Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410. Includes 400 shares subject to exercisable options, including options that will become exercisable during the 60 days following August 25, 2003.

(6)
Mr. Fulton's address is c/o Bassett Furniture Industries, Inc., 380 Knollwood St., Suite 610, Winston-Salem, NC 27103. Includes 400 shares subject to exercisable options, including options that will become exercisable during the 60 days following August 25, 2003.

(7)
Mr. Welch's address is 32 Quason Lane, Harwichport, MA 02646.

(8)
Includes 389,875 shares subject to exercisable options, including options that will become exercisable during the 60 days following August 25, 2003.

54



DESCRIPTION OF OUR INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Credit Facility

        General.    In connection with the Acquisition, our operating subsidiary entered into a senior credit facility with Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as the lead arranger, Fleet National Bank, as the administrative agent, and other lenders.

        Effective July 29, 2003, our senior credit facility was amended to, among other things, increase the amount of the commitments under the revolving loan facility from $60.0 million to $75.0 million and allow for a maximum amount of commitments of $80.0 million, provide for a 75 basis point reduction in the applicable interest margin by prepaying our existing Tranche B term loan and replacing it with a new Tranche C term loan, reduce the amount of our mandatory loan prepayment requirement following the consummation of an initial public offering by us from a prepayment of 50% or 75% of excess cash flow to 25% or 50% of excess cash flow, depending on the applicable leverage ratio, and permit an aggregate dividend not to exceed $27.5 million to our equity holders and vested option holders. Additionally, our senior credit facility was amended to provide that, upon the consummation of an initial public offering by us, we are permitted to repurchase up to $61.3 million principal amount of our senior subordinated notes (plus any prepayment fees) with proceeds from this equity offering and settle our obligations of up to $3.6 million under the management agreement with Berkshire Partners. These payments may be made prior to using 50% of any of the net proceeds of such an equity offering to prepay borrowings as required by our senior credit facility. Following the consummation of an initial public offering, we will also be permitted to repurchase up to an additional $15.0 million of our senior subordinated notes.

        As of July 5, 2003, after giving effect to this offering, the amendment described above and our intended use of proceeds, there was approximately $118.0 million (excluding amounts under outstanding letters of credit) of outstanding indebtedness under the senior credit facility and approximately $66.3 million of unused commitment under the revolving loan facility for working capital and other corporate purposes. The senior credit facility, as amended includes:

        Interest Rates.    Amounts outstanding under the senior credit facility, as amended, accrue interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either: (1) the base rate, as defined in the senior credit facility, or (2) an adjusted Eurodollar rate, as defined in the senior credit facility, in each case plus an applicable interest margin. The applicable interest margin for the term loan ranges from 2.25% to 2.75% for Eurodollar rate loans and from 1.25% to 1.75% for base rate loans. The applicable interest margin for the revolving loan facility ranges from 2% to 3% for Eurodollar rate loans and from 1% to 2% for base rate loans. Since March 31, 2002, the applicable interest margins for the term loan and the revolving loan facility has been subject to quarterly reduction based on our achievement of performance targets. The interest rate otherwise payable under the senior credit facility will increase by 2% per annum during the continuance of a payment default.

        Maturity.    Principal borrowings under the term loan are due and payable in quarterly installments. The quarterly payments due before December 2007 are nominal amounts. The final balance will be due in September 2008. The revolving loan facility is available until August 2006.

        Mandatory and Optional Prepayments.    We are required to prepay the facilities under the senior credit facility in an amount equal to:

55


        The lenders will apply such prepayments first to the term loan and, second, to repay and reduce permanently the revolving credit commitments. Subject to certain conditions, we may make optional prepayments of loans without premium or penalty. The lenders will apply such optional prepayments according to our instruction.

        Security and Guarantees.    The senior credit facility is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our personal property and some of our real property and a pledge of all the issued and outstanding stock issued by our operating subsidiary and its domestic subsidiaries, as well as 65% of the issued and outstanding stock of our foreign subsidiaries. We and all of our present and future domestic subsidiaries guarantee all of our operating subsidiary's obligations under the senior credit facility.

        Covenants.    The senior credit facility, as amended, contains covenants which, subject to certain baskets, limit:

        The senior credit facility, as amended, requires our operating subsidiaries to meet financial tests, including:

        Events of Default.    The senior credit facility, as amended, contains customary events of default, including:

56


        Fees and Expenses.    We paid and have future obligations to pay the administrative agent for the lenders an agent's fee in an amount agreed upon by us and the administrative agent. We paid and have future obligations to pay the lenders a letter of credit fee equal to the applicable interest margin for Eurodollar rate loans under the revolving loan facility. We also paid and have future obligations to pay each issuing bank of any letter of credit a fronting fee in an amount agreed upon by us and the issuing bank.

        Waiver and Modification.    The terms of the senior credit facility may be waived or modified upon approval by us and the required percentage of the lenders and without consent of the note holders.

Senior Subordinated Notes

        General.    In connection with the Acquisition, our operating subsidiary issued $175.0 million in principal amount of 10.875% senior subordinated notes due 2011. The interest payment dates on the senior subordinated notes are February 15 and August 15 of each year. The senior subordinated notes mature on August 15, 2011.

        Guarantors.    The senior subordinated notes are guaranteed by some of the current and future subsidiaries of our operating subsidiary. If payments cannot be made on the senior subordinated notes when they are due, the guarantors must make them instead. These guarantees are unconditional, joint and several.

        Ranking.    The senior subordinated notes and the subsidiary guarantees are senior subordinated debt. They rank behind all of the current and future senior indebtedness of our operating subsidiary and the guarantors, and they rank equally with all of the future senior subordinated indebtedness of our operating subsidiary and the guarantors.

        Optional Redemption.    We can redeem the senior subordinated notes, in whole or in part, at any time beginning August 15, 2006 at specified redemption prices. Prior to August 15, 2004, we can redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the senior subordinated notes with the proceeds of an equity offering by us at a redemption price of 110.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

        Offer to Repurchase.    If our operating subsidiary sells assets under specified circumstances or experiences some specific kinds of changes of control, we must offer to repurchase the senior subordinated notes at specified repurchase prices.

        Covenants.    The indenture governing the senior subordinated notes restricts our operating subsidiary's ability and the ability of some of our other subsidiaries to:

57


        Events of Default.    The indenture contains customary events of default, including:

58



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        Upon completion of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of             shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 100,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. As of August 25, 2003, we had outstanding 5,639,721 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock.

        Immediately after giving effect to this offering, we will have             shares of common stock (or             shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). As of August 25, 2003, we had 29 stockholders of record with respect to our common stock and outstanding options to purchase 904,308 shares of our common stock, of which 423,236 were currently exercisable. The following summary of provisions of our capital stock describes all material provisions of, but does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.

Common Stock

        The issued and outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued by us in connection with this offering will be, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally, share for share, if dividends are declared on our common stock, whether payable in cash, property or our securities. The shares of common stock are not convertible and the holders thereof have no preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any of our securities. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share equally, share for share, in our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. There is no cumulative voting. Except as otherwise required by law or the certificate of incorporation, the holders of common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

        We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol CRI.

        There is currently no established public trading market for our common stock.

Preferred Stock

        Our board of directors may issue preferred stock from time to time. Subject to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, the board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to issue the shares, to fix the number of shares and to change the number of shares constituting any series and to provide for or change the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative), dividend rates, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any series of the preferred stock, in each case without any further action or vote by the shareholders.

Registration Rights

        In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a stockholders agreement with each of our stockholders that provides for restrictions and rights related to the transfer, sale or purchase of our

59



stock and agreements related to the voting of shares of our stock including the nomination of the nominees of Berkshire Partners to serve on our board of directors. These restrictions and rights will terminate upon consummation of this offering. The stockholders agreement also provides Berkshire Partners the right to require us to file a registration statement covering the public offering of its common stock at any time more than six months after this offering.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers and Limitation on Liability

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty, except to the extent otherwise required by the Delaware General Corporation Law. This provision will not prevent our stockholders from obtaining injunctive or other relief against our directors nor does it shield our directors from liability under federal or state securities laws. We also plan to obtain director and officer liability insurance providing for indemnification for our directors and officers for certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

        Our certificate of incorporation also requires us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to a few very limited exceptions where indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. Our certificate of incorporation also requires us to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with any legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. These rights are not exclusive.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                                 .

60



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        The sale of a substantial amount of our common stock in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. Furthermore, because some of our shares will not be available for sale shortly after this offering due to the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, the sale of a substantial amount of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of             shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are purchased by "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any shares purchased by an affiliate may not be resold except in compliance with Rule 144 volume, manner of sale and notice requirements, pursuant to another applicable exemption from registration or pursuant to an effective registration statement. The other remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year from the later of the date those shares of common stock were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        The sales of any shares of common stock under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

        Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years from the later of the date such shares of common stock were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted pursuant to the lock-up agreements or otherwise, those shares may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock

61



plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

        No precise prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. We are unable to estimate the number of our shares that may be sold in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701 because this will depend on the market price of our common stock, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors.

Lock-up Agreements

        We, our executive officers, directors, all of our existing stockholders and option holders have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, hedge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., except for the shares of common stock to be issued in connection with this offering, permitted sales of shares acquired in the open market following the completion of this offering and other limited exceptions. Goldman, Sachs & Co. has advised us that it has no current intention to shorten or release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

2001 Equity Incentive Plan

        We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan. This registration statement is expected to be filed as soon as practicable after the effective date of this offering.

        As of August 25, 2003, there were options to purchase 904,308 shares outstanding under our 2001 Equity Incentive Plan. All of these shares will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time, subject to vesting provisions, Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to our affiliates and the expiration of lock-up agreements.

62



UNDERWRITING

        Carter's, the selling stockholders and the underwriters for this offering named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of Shares
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
Banc of America Securities LLC    
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC    
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated    
   
  Total    
   

        The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

        If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                          shares from Carter's and the selling stockholders to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

        The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase             additional shares.


Paid by Carter's

 
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
Per Share   $     $  
Total   $     $  


Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
Per Share   $     $  
Total   $     $  

        Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                                               per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $                                               per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the initial public offering price and the other selling terms.

        Carter's currently anticipates that it will undertake a directed share program pursuant to which it will direct the underwriters to reserve up to             shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to directors, officers, employees and friends through a directed share program.

63



The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the initial public offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase any reserved shares. Any shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered in this prospectus.

        Carter's, its executive officers and directors and all its existing stockholders and option holders have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives and other limited exceptions.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be Carter's historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of Carter's, an assessment of Carter's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

        Carter's intends to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "CRI." In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from Carter's or the selling stockholders in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares from Carter's or the selling stockholders. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Carter's stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

64



        The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the representatives of the underwriters and may also be made available on the websites maintained by other underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives of the underwriters to the underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        Each underwriter has agreed that (i) it has not offered or sold, and prior to the six months after the date of issue of the common stock will not offer or sell any common stock to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied, and will comply with, all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 of Great Britain ("FSMA") with respect to anything done by it in relation to the common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom, and (iii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any common stock in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to Carter's.

        The common stock may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from The Netherlands, as part of their initial distribution or as part of any re-offering, and neither this prospectus nor any other document in respect of the offering may be distributed or circulated in The Netherlands, other than to individuals or legal entities which include, but are not limited to, banks, brokers, dealers, institutional investors and undertakings with a treasury department, who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession.

        The common stock has not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan. Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold, and it will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of Japan or to, or for the account or benefit, of any resident for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of Japan except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, or otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and (ii) in compliance with the other relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

        No offer to sell the common stock has been or will be made in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People's Republic of China ("Hong Kong"), by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent, except in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, and unless permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong, no person has issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purpose of issue, any advertisement, document or invitation relating to the common stock in Hong Kong other than with respect to the common stock intended to be disposed of to persons outside Hong Kong or only to persons whose business involves the acquisition, disposal or holding of securities whether as principal or agent.

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the

65



offer or sale, or invitation or subscription or purchase, of the common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than under circumstances in which such offer, sale or invitation does not constitute an offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock to the public in Singapore.

        This prospectus has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission ("ASIC") as a disclosure document for the purpose of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cwlth) (the "Corporations Act"). The common stock may not be offered for sale (or transferred, assigned or otherwise alienated) to investors in Australia for 12 months after their issue, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or unless a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

        Carter's and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                                  , which amount will be paid by Carter's.

        Carter's and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        From time to time, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in transactions with, including investment banking and commercial banking transactions, and perform services for, Carter's and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business. In addition, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the lead arranger, syndication agent and a lender under Carter's senior credit facility.


VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

        The validity of shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts and for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York. Some partners of Ropes & Gray LLP are members in RGIP, LLC, which owns 20,306 shares of our common stock and may be selling its shares in this offering. RGIP, LLC is also an investor in Berkshire Fund V, Limited Partnership.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements as of December 28, 2002 (Successor) and December 29, 2001 (Successor) and for the year ended December 28, 2002 (Successor), for the periods August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 (Successor) and from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 (Predecessor) and for the year ended December 30, 2000 (Predecessor) included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

66



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the issuance of our common stock. This prospectus, which is included in the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. Parts of this registration statement are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement.

        Carter Holdings, Inc. currently does not file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. On the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected, without charge, at the public reference facility maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material may also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC public reference room in Washington, D.C. by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Such materials can also be inspected on the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at www.sec.gov.

67




CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:    
  Report of Independent Auditors   F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 28, 2002 (Successor) and December 29, 2001 (Successor)   F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2002 (Successor), for the periods August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 (Successor) and December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 (Predecessor) and for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 (Predecessor)   F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2002 (Successor), for the periods August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 (Successor) and December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 (Predecessor) and for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 (Predecessor)   F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2002 (Successor), the periods August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 (Successor) and December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 (Predecessor) and for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 (Predecessor)   F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-7
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:    
  Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 5, 2003 (Unaudited) (Successor) and December 28, 2002 (Successor)   F-35
  Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six-month periods ended July 5, 2003 (Successor) and June 29, 2002 (Successor)   F-36
  Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six-month periods ended July 5, 2003 (Successor) and June 29, 2002 (Successor)   F-37
  Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements   F-38

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Carter Holdings, Inc.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Carter Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at December 28, 2002 ("Successor," as defined in Note 1) and December 29, 2001 (Successor), and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 28, 2002 (Successor) for the periods from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 (Successor) and from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 ("Predecessor," as defined in Note 1), and for the year ended December 30, 2000 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        As explained in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, controlling ownership of the Company was acquired in a purchase transaction as of August 15, 2001. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor based upon their estimated fair value at August 15, 2001. Accordingly, the financial statements of the Successor are not comparable to those of the Predecessor.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets in fiscal 2001 and 2002.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition in fiscal 2000.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Stamford, Connecticut
February 19, 2003, except for Notes 1 and 2 as to which the date is August 19, 2003

F-2



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Successor, at
 
  December 28,
2002

  December 29,
2001

ASSETS            
Current assets:            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 35,562   $ 24,692
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,880 in 2002 and $1,673 in 2001     53,600     35,386
  Inventories, net     105,700     89,069
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     4,203     5,585
  Assets held for sale     700     875
  Deferred income taxes     10,021     9,371
   
 
    Total current assets     209,786     164,978

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

50,476

 

 

46,503
Assets held for sale         600
Tradename     220,233     220,233
Cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired     139,282     139,472
Licensing agreements, net of accumulated amortization of $6,875 in 2002 and $1,875 in 2001     8,125     13,125
Deferred debt issuance costs, net     11,248     12,879
Other assets     4,199     6,372
   
 
    Total assets   $ 643,349   $ 604,162
   
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY            
Current liabilities:            
  Current maturities of long-term debt   $ 6,346   $ 1,250
  Accounts payable     34,669     18,765
  Other current liabilities     37,686     33,815
   
 
    Total current liabilities     78,701     53,830

Long-term debt

 

 

291,276

 

 

297,492
Deferred income taxes     83,873     84,375
Other long-term liabilities     10,140     10,127
   
 
    Total liabilities     463,990     445,824
   
 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Preferred stock; par value $.01 per share; 100,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding at December 28, 2002 and December 29, 2001

 

 


 

 

  Common stock, voting; par value $.01 per share; 8,000,000 shares authorized; 5,637,190 shares issued and outstanding at December 28, 2002; 5,583,034 shares issued and outstanding at December 29, 2001     56     56
  Additional paid-in capital     147,212     145,444
  Retained earnings     32,091     12,838
   
 
    Total stockholders' equity     179,359     158,338
   
 
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 643,349   $ 604,162
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-3



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  For the year
ended
December 28, 2002

  For the period
from
August 15, 2001
through
December 29, 2001

  For the period
from
December 31, 2000
through
August 14, 2001

  For the year
ended
December 30, 2000

 
Net sales   $ 579,547   $ 235,780   $ 282,727   $ 463,375  
Cost of goods sold     352,151     149,352     182,863     293,340  
   
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     227,396     86,428     99,864     170,035  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     174,110     57,987     88,895     135,322  
Acquisition-related charges             11,289      
Writedown of long-lived assets     150         3,156      
Plant closure costs         (268 )   1,116      
Deferred charge write-off     923              
Royalty income     (8,352 )   (2,624 )   (4,993 )   (5,808 )
   
 
 
 
 
Operating income     60,565     31,333     401     40,521  
Interest income     (347 )   (207 )   (73 )   (303 )
Loss on extinguishment of debt             12,525      
Interest expense     28,648     11,307     11,803     18,982  
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle     32,264     20,233     (23,854 )   21,842  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes     13,011     7,395     (6,857 )   8,835  
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle     19,253     12,838     (16,997 )   13,007  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax benefit of $217                 354  
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 19,253   $ 12,838   $ (16,997 ) $ 12,653  
   
 
 
 
 
Pro forma amounts assuming the accounting change is applied retroactively:                          

Net income (loss)

 

$

19,253

 

$

12,838

 

$

(16,997

)

$

13,007

 
   
 
 
 
 
Basic net income (loss) per common share   $ 3.43   $ 2.30   $ (1.75 ) $ 1.31  
Diluted net income (loss) per common share   $ 3.27   $ 2.19   $ (1.75 ) $ 1.31  
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding     5,613,272     5,583,034     9,688,186     9,689,877  
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding     5,886,225     5,869,725     9,688,186     9,689,877  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-4



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  For the year ended
December 28, 2002

  For the period from
August 15, 2001
through
December 29, 2001

  For the period from
December 31, 2000
through
August 14, 2001

  For the year ended
December 30, 2000

 
Cash flows from operating activities:                          
  Net income (loss)   $ 19,253   $ 12,838   $ (16,997 ) $ 12,653  
  Loss on extinguishment of debt             12,525      
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:                          
    Depreciation and amortization     18,693     6,918     12,245     17,520  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs     1,631     593     1,010     1,601  
    Amortization of debt discount     130     49          
    Non-cash stock compensation expense     768         60     60  
    (Payment of) provision for Acquisition-related charges         (11,289 )   11,289      
    Plant closure costs         (268 )   1,116      
    Writedown of long-lived assets     150         3,156      
    Gain on disposal of assets     (9 )   (38 )       (21 )
    Deferred tax (benefit) provision     (1,264 )   2,911     (7,112 )   248  
    Effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities:                          
      (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable     (18,132 )   4,184     (5,782 )   617  
      (Increase) decrease in inventories     (16,631 )   21,150     (13,253 )   (12,799 )
      Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets     2,055     (3,000 )   1,807     (1,129 )
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities     20,660     (2,935 )   104     5,447  
   
 
 
 
 
        Net cash provided by operating activities     27,304     31,113     168     24,197  
   
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:                          
  Capital expenditures     (18,009 )   (9,556 )   (9,480 )   (17,179 )
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment     331     218     10     252  
  Proceeds from assets held for sale     624         204     546  
  Payment of buyer's Acquisition costs         (3,885 )        
  Payment to sellers for the Acquisition         (234,236 )        
  Issuance of loan                 (4,336 )
  Collections on loan     1,500             1,500  
   
 
 
 
 
        Net cash used in investing activities     (15,554 )   (247,459 )   (9,266 )   (19,217 )
   
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                          
  Proceeds from Predecessor revolving line of credit             53,500     62,900  
  Payments of Predecessor revolving line of credit         (12,900 )   (40,600 )   (62,900 )
  Proceeds from Successor revolving line of credit         35,350          
  Payments of Successor revolving line of credit         (35,350 )        
  Proceeds from Successor term loan         125,000          
  Payments of Successor term loan     (1,250 )            
  Payments of Predecessor term loan         (38,700 )   (2,700 )   (900 )
  Proceeds from issuance of Successor 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes         173,693          
  Payment of Predecessor 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes         (100,000 )        
  Payment of Predecessor 12% Senior Subordinated Notes         (20,000 )        
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock         127,220          
  Proceeds from sale of common stock     1,000              
  Payments of capital lease obligations     (630 )   (328 )   (642 )   (925 )
  Repurchase of capital stock             (60 )   (70 )
  Payments of Successor debt issuance costs         (13,471 )        
  Other             (3,573 )   (2,803 )
   
 
 
 
 
        Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (880 )   240,514     5,925     (4,698 )
   
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     10,870     24,168     (3,173 )   282  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     24,692     524     3,697     3,415  
   
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 35,562   $ 24,692   $ 524   $ 3,697  
   
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-5



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Common stock
  Class A stock
  Class C stock
  Class C Treasury stock
  Class D stock
  Additional paid-in capital
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
 
Predecessor:                                            
  Balance at January 1, 2000   $   $ 8   $ 2   $ (1,860 ) $   $ 59,990   $ (1,187 )
  Issuance of Class C Treasury Stock (1,000 shares)                       60                    
  Purchase of Class C Treasury Stock (1,169 shares)                       (70 )                  
  Net income                                         12,653  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance at December 30, 2000         8     2     (1,870 )       59,990     11,466  
  Issuance of Class C Treasury Stock (1,000 shares)                       60                    
  Purchase of Class C Treasury Stock (1,000 shares)                       (60 )                  
  Net loss                                         (16,997 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance at August 14, 2001   $   $ 8   $ 2   $ (1,870 ) $   $ 59,990   $ (5,531 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Successor:                                            
  Balance at August 15, 2001   $ 56                           $ 145,444   $  
  Net income                                         12,838  
   
                         
 
 
  Balance at December 29, 2001     56                             145,444     12,838  
  Sales and issuances of common stock (54,156 shares)                                   1,753        
  Stock compensation on stock options                                   15        
  Net income                                         19,253  
   
                         
 
 
  Balance at December 28, 2002   $ 56                           $ 147,212   $ 32,091  
   
                         
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-6



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—THE COMPANY:

        Carter Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings") is a holding company whose primary asset consists of an investment in 100% of the outstanding capital stock of The William Carter Company ("Carter's") (all together "we," "us" and "our"). On July 12, 2001, a special purpose entity formed by Berkshire Partners LLC and affiliates ("Berkshire Partners") entered into a stock purchase agreement with Holdings and all of Holdings' stockholders to acquire substantially all of the stock of Holdings except for some equity interests held by our management (the "Acquisition"). The Acquisition was consummated on August 15, 2001. Financing for the Acquisition and related transactions totaled $468.2 million and was provided by: $24.0 million in new revolving loan facility borrowings; $125.0 million in new term loan borrowings (both the revolving loan facility and term loan are part of a $185.0 million new senior credit facility entered into by us); $173.7 million of borrowings under a new senior subordinated loan facility (issued by Carter's in connection with an August 15, 2001 private placement); and $145.5 million of capital invested by affiliates of Berkshire and other investors, which includes rollover equity by our management of $18.3 million.

        The proceeds of the Acquisition and financing were used to purchase our existing equity ($252.5 million), pay for selling stockholders transaction expenses ($19.1 million), pay for buyers' transaction expenses ($4.0 million), pay debt issuance costs ($13.4 million) and to retire all outstanding balances on Holdings and Carter's previously outstanding long-term debt including accrued interest thereon ($174.8 million). In addition, $4.4 million of proceeds were held as cash for temporary working capital purposes.

        For purposes of identification and description, we are referred to as the "Predecessor" for the period prior to the Acquisition, the "Successor" for the period subsequent to the Acquisition and "we" or "us" for both periods.

        The Acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. The purchase price for the Acquisition, including related fees and expenses, was allocated to our tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair values with the remainder allocated to goodwill.

F-7



        A summary of the total purchase price is as follows ($000):

Total purchase price   $ 468,193  
   
 
Allocated to:        
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,333  
  Accounts receivable, net     39,570  
  Inventories, net     110,219  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     3,525  
  Property, plant and equipment     42,569  
  Assets held for sale     991  
  Licensing agreements     15,000  
  Tradename     220,233  
  Cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired     139,282  
  Deferred debt issuance costs     13,427  
  Other assets     5,432  
  Accounts payable     (18,340 )
  Other current liabilities     (25,313 )
  Closure and exit liabilities     (2,680 )
  Other long-term liabilities     (10,850 )
  Net deferred tax liabilities     (72,205 )
   
 
    $ 468,193  
   
 

        As a result of the above, our initial capitalization as of the Acquisition date consisted of ($000):

Borrowings on new revolving loan facility   $ 24,000
Borrowings on new term loan     125,000
Borrowings under new senior subordinated notes     173,693
Common stock     56
Additional paid-in capital     145,444
   
  Total capitalization   $ 468,193
   

        The Acquisition-related charges in the Predecessor period December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 reflect special compensation of $4.5 million paid to management at the closing of the Acquisition and $6.8 million for sellers' transaction costs and fees.

        Debt extinguishment charges in the Predecessor period December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 reflect the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs of approximately $4,712,000, and a debt prepayment penalty of approximately $7,813,000. In the first quarter of 2003, we adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 145, "Rescission of FASB statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections" ("SFAS 145"). SFAS 145 rescinds Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 4, which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Accounting Principles Board Opinion 30 will now be used to classify those

F-8



gains and losses. Accordingly, certain charges related to the extinguishment of debt during the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 have been reclassified to conform with the provisions of SFAS 145.

        The following unaudited pro forma operating data presents the results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001 as if the Acquisition had occurred on December 31, 2000, with financing obtained as described above and assumes that there were no other changes in our operations. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the financial results that might have occurred had the transaction actually taken place on December 31, 2000, or of future results of operations ($000):

 
  Pro forma for the year ended
December 29, 2001

 
Net sales   $ 518,507  
Operating income   $ 18,435  
Interest expense, net   $ 30,442  
Net loss   $ (9,018 )

        Included in the pro forma results shown above are the Predecessor's Acquisition-related charges of $4.5 million in special compensation paid to management at the closing of the Acquisition, $6.8 million for sellers' transaction costs and a charge of $12.5 million related to the Predecessor's write-off of deferred debt issuance costs and debt prepayment penalties in connection with the Acquisition. Also included is a one-time $4.5 million charge to cost of sales related to the opening balance sheet step-up to inventory value. In addition, included in the pro forma results shown above are approximately $3.1 million related to the write down of long-lived assets and $848,000 related to other plant closure costs, which were unrelated to the Acquisition.

        On October 30, 1996, Holdings was organized on behalf of affiliates of Investcorp S.A. ("Investcorp"), management and certain other investors to acquire 100% of Carter's previously outstanding common and preferred stock ("the 1996 acquisition") from MBL Life Assurance Corporation, CHC Charitable Irrevocable Trust and certain management stockholders for a total financed purchased price of $226.1 million. The 1996 acquisition was also accounted for by the purchase method. Accordingly, our assets and liabilities were adjusted at the 1996 acquisition date to reflect the allocation of that purchase price based on estimated fair values.

NOTE 2—NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

        Carter's designs, sources, manufactures and markets premier branded childrenswear under the Carter's, Carter's Classics and Tykes labels. Carter's products are sourced internationally through production at company-based sewing facilities in Costa Rica and Mexico and through contractual arrangements with numerous manufacturers throughout the world. Carter's sewing operation in the Dominican Republic and the remaining domestic manufacturing operations located in the southern United States were closed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001. Products are manufactured for wholesale distribution to major domestic retailers and for Carter's 156 retail stores that market Carter's brand name merchandise and certain products manufactured by other companies.

F-9



RECLASSIFICATIONS:

        Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for comparative purposes.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings and those of Carter's and Carter's wholly-owned subsidiaries. The international subsidiaries represented 100% of our sewing production for fiscal year 2002 and approximately 96% and 85% for fiscal years 2001 and 2000. Total net assets (primarily property, plant, equipment and inventory) at our international subsidiaries were approximately $9.1 million at December 28, 2002 and $10.2 million at December 29, 2001. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

FISCAL YEAR:

        Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday in December or January nearest the last day of December. The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect our financial position as of December 28, 2002 and December 29, 2001, and results of operations for the Successor fiscal year ended December 28, 2002, the Successor period August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, the Predecessor period December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and the Predecessor fiscal year ended December 30, 2000. The Successor fiscal year ended December 28, 2002 (fiscal 2002), fiscal 2001 Successor and Predecessor periods, collectively (fiscal 2001), as well as the Predecessor fiscal year ended December 30, 2000 (fiscal 2000) each contain 52 weeks.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

        We consider all highly liquid investments that have original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We had cash deposits, in excess of deposit insurance limits, in three banks at December 28, 2002 and five banks at December 29, 2001.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:

        Approximately 89% of our gross accounts receivable at December 28, 2002 and 84% at December 29, 2001 were from our ten largest wholesale customers, primarily major retailers. Of these customers, three have individual receivable balances in excess of 10% of our gross accounts receivable (but not more than 20%) at December 28, 2002 and December 29, 2001. Sales to these customers represent comparable percentages to total wholesale revenues. In 2002, Kohl's accounted for approximately 10.1% of our consolidated net sales, while no other wholesale customer accounted for more than 10.0% of our consolidated net sales.

INVENTORIES:

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis for wholesale inventories and retail method for retail inventories) or market.

F-10



PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT:

        Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which includes the amortization of assets recorded under capital leases. When fixed assets are sold or otherwise disposed, the accounts are relieved of the original costs of the assets, and the related accumulated depreciation and any resulting profit or loss is credited or charged to income. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows: buildings—15 to 26 years and machinery and equipment—3 to 10 years. Leasehold improvements and fixed assets purchased under capital leases are amortized over the lesser of the asset life or related lease term. We capitalize the cost of our fixtures designed and purchased for use at major wholesale accounts. The cost of these fixtures is amortized over a three-year period.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBILE ASSETS:

        Cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired ("goodwill") represents the excess of the cost of the Acquisition (or the 1996 acquisition) over the fair value of the net assets acquired.

        Prior to the Acquisition, our tradename and goodwill arising from the 1996 acquisition were being amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated lives of 40 years. However, in connection with the 2001 Acquisition, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" ("SFAS 141"), and applied the required provisions of SFAS 142, "Goodwill and other Intangible Assets" ("SFAS 142"). Accordingly, our tradename and goodwill are now deemed to have indefinite lives and are no longer being amortized in the Successor periods. Our licensing agreements, however, recognized in the allocation of the Acquisition purchase price, are being amortized over the average three-year life of such agreements, as it was determined that these agreements have finite lives. Amortization expense on our licensing agreements was $5.0 million in fiscal 2002 and $1.9 million in the period from August 15, 2001 to December 29, 2001 and is expected to be $5.0 million for fiscal 2003 and $3.1 million for fiscal 2004.

F-11



        The calculation of reported net income (loss) adjusted for goodwill and tradename amortization expense, net of taxes is shown below ($000):

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
  For the year
ended
December 28, 2002

  For the period from
August 15, 2001
through
December 29, 2001

  For the period from
December 31, 2000
through
August 14, 2001

  For the year
ended
December 30, 2000

Reported net income (loss)   $ 19,253   $ 12,838   $ (16,997 ) $ 12,653
Adjustments:                        
  Amortization expense of goodwill             484     739
  Amortization expense of tradename, net of tax benefit of $597 and $1,000             978     1,500
   
 
 
 
Adjusted net income (loss)   $ 19,253   $ 12,838   $ (15,535 ) $ 14,892
   
 
 
 

Basic net income (loss) per common share

 

$

3.43

 

$

2.30

 

$

(1.75

)

$

1.31
Basic adjusted net income (loss) per common share   $ 3.43   $ 2.30   $ (1.60 ) $ 1.54
Diluted net income (loss) per common share   $ 3.27   $ 2.19   $ (1.75 ) $ 1.31
Diluted adjusted net income (loss) per common share   $ 3.27   $ 2.19   $ (1.60 ) $ 1.54

        We adopted the remaining provisions of SFAS 142 as of the beginning of fiscal 2002. In accordance with this statement, we identified our reporting units, and have completed the required assessments for impairment of goodwill (by comparing the fair values of our reporting units to their respective carrying values, including allocated goodwill) and our tradename and found that there was no impairment of either asset either at the initial adoption date or at the most recent assessment performed as of December 28, 2002.

        We are required to measure our goodwill and tradename for impairment on at least an annual basis or if events or changes in circumstances so dictate.

IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER LONG-LIVED ASSETS:

        We review other long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and licensing agreements, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such an asset may not be recoverable. Management will determine whether there has been a permanent impairment on such assets held for use in the business by comparing anticipated undiscounted future cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of the asset or asset group to the carrying value of the asset. The amount of any resulting impairment will be calculated by comparing the carrying value to fair value, which may be estimated using the present value of the same cash flows. Long-lived assets that meet the definition of held for sale are valued at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell.

F-12



DEFERRED DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS:

        Debt issuance costs are deferred and amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the lives of the related debt. Amortization approximated $1,631,000 for the Successor year ended December 28, 2002, $593,000 for the Successor period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, $1,010,000 for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and $1,601,000 for the Predecessor year ended December 30, 2000.

REVENUE RECOGNITION:

        Revenues consist of sales to customers, net of returns and markdowns. The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" ("SAB 101") in December 1999. SAB 101 summarizes certain SEC staff views in applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial statements. We adopted the provisions of SAB 101 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000. Accordingly, we revised our method of accounting for revenue recognition retroactive to the beginning of fiscal 2000. Previously, we had recognized revenue at the point of shipment for all wholesale customers. However, for certain shipments, although title has passed, we effectively retain the risks and rewards of ownership until the goods have reached the specified customer. Under the new accounting method, we now recognize revenue on wholesale sales at the point where both title has passed and all the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred. Retail store revenues continue to be recognized at the point of sale, as the earnings process is then complete.

        The cumulative effect of the accounting change on prior years resulted in a charge to income of approximately $354,000 (net of income tax benefit of approximately $217,000), which is presented as a separate component of net income for fiscal 2000. The effect of the change on fiscal 2000 operating results was to decrease income before the cumulative effect of the accounting change by $160,000 (which is net of income tax benefit of $98,000).

        The pro forma amount presented on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2000 was calculated assuming the accounting change was made retroactively to prior years.

        In November 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") issued EITF Issue No. 01-09, "Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer/Reseller" ("EITF 01-09"). EITF 01-09 outlines the presumption that consideration given by a vendor to a customer is to be treated as a reduction of revenue, unless certain conditions are met. Prior to 2002, we had accounted for accommodations and cooperative advertising allowances made to wholesale customers as selling expenses. We adopted EITF 01-09 as of the beginning of fiscal 2002 and classified these expenses as a reduction of revenue rather than as selling expenses. Accommodations and cooperative advertising of $8.5 million for the Successor period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, $5.0 million for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and $8.0 million for the Predecessor year ended December 30, 2000 have been reclassified to conform with the current periods' presentation. These reclassifications did not impact net income (loss).

F-13



ACCOUNTING FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEES AND COSTS:

        Shipping and handling costs include shipping supplies, related labor costs, third-party shipping costs and certain distribution overhead. Such costs are generally absorbed by us and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. These costs amounted to approximately $19,514,000 for the Successor fiscal year 2002, $6,206,000 in the Successor period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, $10,344,000 in the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and $14,289,000 for the Predecessor fiscal year 2000.

        With respect to the freight component of our shipping and handling costs, certain customers arrange for shipping and pay the related freight costs directly to third parties. However, in the event that we arrange and pay the freight for these customers and bill them for this service, such amounts billed would be included in revenue and the related cost would be charged to cost of goods sold. For fiscal years 2002, 2001 and 2000, no such arrangements or billings to customers occurred.

ROYALTIES AND LICENSE FEES:

        The Carter's and Carter's Classics names are licensed, and the Tykes name is sublicensed to other companies for use on baby and young children's products, including bedding, outerwear, shoes, socks, room décor, toys, stationery, strollers, hair accessories and related products. These royalties are recorded as earned, based upon the sales of licensed products by Carter's licensees.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS:

        We account for stock-based compensation on stock options under the intrinsic value method, whereby we record compensation expense equal to the difference between the exercise price of the stock option and the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of the option grant. For disclosure purposes only, we also estimate the impact on our net income of applying the fair value method of measuring compensation cost on stock options with the fair value determined under the minimum value method as provided by SFAS 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). For stock issued or sold outright to employees, directors or third parties, we measure expense as the difference between the price paid by the recipient and the fair market value of the stock on the date of issuance or sale. In the absence of a public market for our common stock, management and the board of directors estimate the market value of our common stock for all option grant and stock issuances using an approach that applies a multiple to adjusted EBITDA then subtracts net debt. For this purpose, the board of directors has used a measurement of adjusted EBITDA representing earnings before interest, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, and also excluding Acquisition-related charges, writedowns of long-lived assets, plant closure costs and a deferred charge write-off. This measurement of adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement under generally accepted accounting principles.

INCOME TAXES:

        The accompanying financial statements reflect current and deferred tax provisions. The deferred tax provision is determined under the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities using

F-14



presently enacted tax rates. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be recovered. The provision for income taxes is generally the sum of the amount of income taxes paid or payable for the year as determined by applying the provisions of enacted tax laws to the taxable income for that year, the net change during the year in our deferred tax assets and liabilities and the net change during the year in any valuation allowances.

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS INFORMATION:

        Interest paid in cash approximated $26,886,000 for the Successor year ended December 28, 2002, $10,667,000 for the Successor period August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, $10,792,000 in the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and $17,380,000 for the Predecessor year ended December 30, 2000. Income taxes paid in cash (refunded) approximated $12,720,000 for the Successor year ended December 28, 2002, ($62,000) for the Successor period August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, $2,272,000 for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and $6,774,000 for the Predecessor year ended December 30, 2000.

USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

        The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

EARNINGS PER SHARE:

        In accordance with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, whereas diluted earnings per share also gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares that were outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential common shares include stock options.

        In connection with this filing, we are presenting earnings per share information in the accompanying financial statements.

        All such stock options are reflected in the denominator using the treasury stock method. This method assumes that shares are issued for options that are "in the money," but that we use the proceeds of such option exercises (generally, cash to be paid plus future compensation expense to be recognized) to repurchase shares at the average market value of the stock during the period. We have used our best estimate of the average market value of our shares for the respective period.

F-15



        The following is a reconciliation of basic number of common shares outstanding to diluted number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding:

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
  For the year ended
December 28, 2002

  For the period from August 15, 2001 through
December 29, 2001

  For the period from December 31, 2000 through
August 14, 2001

  For the year ended
December 30, 2000

Net income (loss)   $ 19,253,000   $ 12,838,000   $ (16,997,000 ) $ 12,653,000
   
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding:                        
 
Basic number of common shares outstanding

 

 

5,613,272

 

 

5,583,034

 

 

9,688,186

 

 

9,689,877
 
Dilutive effect of stock options

 

 

272,953

 

 

286,691

 

 


 

 

   
 
 
 
  Diluted number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding     5,886,225     5,869,725     9,688,186     9,689,877
   
 
 
 

        For the Predecessor year ended December 30, 2000, basic net income per common share and diluted net income per common share before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle was $1.34.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:

        In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations" ("SFAS 143"). SFAS 143 requires recording the fair market value of an asset retirement obligation as a liability in the period in which a legal obligation associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets is incurred (including certain lease obligations). The statement also requires recording an asset offsetting the initial obligation as an increase to the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciation of that cost over the life of the asset. We will be required to adopt the provisions of SFAS 143 in fiscal 2003.

        In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("SFAS 144"), which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. We adopted SFAS 144 as of the beginning of fiscal 2002, and it did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations for fiscal 2002.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("SFAS 146"). SFAS 146 sets forth various modifications to existing accounting guidance, which prescribes the conditions that must be met in order for costs associated with contract terminations, facility consolidations and employee relocations and terminations to be

F-16



accrued and recorded as liabilities in financial statements. Accordingly, SFAS 146 may affect the timing of recognizing any of our future restructuring costs as well as the amount recognized. SFAS 146 also establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. The provisions of SFAS 146 are required to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated by us after December 31, 2002. See note 8 to the unaudited consolidated financial statements regarding our decision to close certain sewing facilities.

        In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor's balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees, including indemnifications, that an entity has issued and a rollforward of the entity's product warranty liabilities. The disclosure provisions of FIN 45 were effective for financial statements of interim periods or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. In addition, we adopted the recognition provisions of FIN 45 effective January 1, 2003 for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS 148"). SFAS 148 provides alternate methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in tabular format. Additionally, SFAS 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements were effective for us as of December 28, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements were effective for the first quarter of fiscal 2003.

NOTE 3—INVENTORIES:

        Inventories consisted of the following ($000):

 
  Successor, at
 
  December 28,
2002

  December 29,
2001

Finished goods   $ 99,609   $ 80,886
Work in process     3,509     4,661
Raw materials and supplies     2,582     3,522
   
 
    $ 105,700   $ 89,069
   
 

F-17


NOTE 4—PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT:

        Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following ($000):

 
  Successor, at
 
 
  December 28,
2002

  December 29,
2001

 
Land, buildings and improvements   $ 20,928   $ 16,809  
Machinery and equipment     30,880     22,744  
Marketing fixtures     15,330     10,702  
Equipment under capital leases     1,770     1,239  
   
 
 
      68,908     51,494  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (18,432 )   (4,991 )
   
 
 
    $ 50,476   $ 46,503  
   
 
 

        Depreciation and amortization expense ($000) was $13,693 for the Successor year ended December 28, 2002, $5,043 for the Successor period August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, $10,186 for the Predecessor period December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and $14,281 for the Predecessor year ended December 30, 2000.

NOTE 5—LONG-TERM DEBT:

        Long-term debt consisted of the following ($000):

 
  Successor, at
 
 
  December 28,
2002

  December 29,
2001

 
Senior credit facility term loan   $ 123,750   $ 125,000  
10.875% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011, net of unamortized discount of $1,128 in 2002 and $1,258 in 2001     173,872     173,742  
   
 
 
      297,622     298,742  
Current maturities     (6,346 )   (1,250 )
   
 
 
    $ 291,276   $ 297,492  
   
 
 

        In connection with the Acquisition, approximately $171.6 million in Predecessor debt was retired, consisting of the previously outstanding $100.0 million of 103/8% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006, $20.0 million of 12% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008, $38.7 million in term loan debt outstanding under the Predecessor senior credit facility and $12.9 million of borrowings under the Predecessor revolving loan facility. Additionally, we incurred a charge in the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 in the amount of approximately $12.5 million related to the write-off of associated debt issuance costs and prepayment penalties. The effective interest rate on variable rate senior credit facility borrowings outstanding was 7.2% at August 14, 2001 and 8.7% at December 30, 2000.

        In connection with the Acquisition, we also entered into a new senior credit facility with Goldman, Sachs & Co., as the lead arranger, Fleet National Bank, as the administrative agent, and

F-18



other lenders. The senior credit facility provides for aggregate borrowings by us of up to $185.0 million, including a $125.0 million term loan and a $60.0 million revolving loan facility. As of December 28, 2002, there was $123.8 million in term loan borrowings outstanding and no borrowings under the revolving loan facility (excluding approximately $16.3 million in outstanding letters of credit) and approximately $43.7 million of unused commitment under the senior credit facility for working capital and other purposes.

        Amounts outstanding under the senior credit facility accrue interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either: (1) the base rate, as defined in the senior credit facility, or (2) an adjusted Eurodollar rate, as defined in the senior credit facility, in each case plus an applicable interest margin. The applicable interest margin for the term loan is initially 3.50% for Eurodollar rate loans and 2.50% for base rate loans. The applicable interest margin for the revolving loan facility is initially 3.00% for Eurodollar rate loans and 2.00% for base rate loans. Effective March 31, 2002, the applicable interest margins for the term loan and the revolving loan facility are subject to quarterly reductions based on our achievement of certain leverage ratios. The interest rate otherwise payable under the senior credit facility would increase by 2.0% per annum during the continuance of a payment default. Interest on the term loan is payable at the end of interest rate reset periods, which vary in length but in no case exceed six months. Interest on the revolving loan facility is payable quarterly. The effective interest rate on variable rate senior credit facility borrowings outstanding at December 28, 2002 and December 29, 2001 was 4.9% and 5.8%.

        Remaining principal borrowings under the term loan are due and payable in an installment of $312,500 on December 31, 2002, nineteen quarterly installments of $300,267 from March 31, 2003 through September 30, 2007 and four quarterly payments of approximately $28.2 million from December 31, 2007 through September 30, 2008. Our quarterly installments from March 31, 2003 through September 30, 2007 have been reduced from $312,500 to $300,267 and our four quarterly payments from December 31, 2007 through September 30, 2008 have been reduced from $29.4 million to $28.2 million due to a $4.8 million excess cash flow condition payment made, as described below. Any outstanding balance on the revolving loan facility, which includes letters of credit, is payable in full on August 15, 2006.

        The senior credit facility sets forth mandatory and optional prepayment conditions that may result in our use of cash to reduce our debt obligations, including payments of: (i) 50% of the net cash proceeds from an equity issuance by us, excluding, among other things, any issuance of equity in connection with employee or director stock plans or a permitted acquisition and (ii) 50% or 75% of consolidated excess cash flow, depending on the applicable leverage ratio, as both terms are defined in the senior credit facility. The terms of the consolidated excess cash flow condition are effective for fiscal 2002 and, accordingly, we made a principal prepayment of approximately $4.8 million on March 26, 2003. Such amount is included in current maturities of long-term debt on the December 28, 2002 consolidated balance sheet. The lenders will apply such prepayments first to the term loan and, second, to reduce permanently the revolving credit commitments. Subject to certain conditions in the senior credit facility, we may make optional prepayments of our debt obligations without premium or penalty. The lenders will apply such optional prepayments according to our instruction.

        The senior credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of our personal property, some of our real property and a pledge of all the issued and outstanding stock issued by us and our

F-19



domestic subsidiaries, as well as 65% of the issued and outstanding stock of our foreign subsidiaries. All of our obligations under the senior credit facility are guaranteed by all of our present and future domestic subsidiaries, which may include acquired subsidiaries.

        The senior credit facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, limit: the incurrence of additional indebtedness; mergers, acquisitions and sales of assets; the incurrence of liens or other encumbrances, guarantees or pledges; the payment of dividends and repurchases of common stock; prepayments of equity and subordinated debt instruments, including the 10.875% senior subordinated notes; investments; and certain transactions with affiliates. Our senior credit facility requires us to meet certain financial tests based upon Adjusted EBITDA, as defined, including, without limitation: maximum leverage, minimum interest coverage and minimum fixed charge coverage. The most restrictive of these covenants as of December 28, 2002, was the maximum leverage ratio, which, based on our level of borrowings, required Adjusted EBITDA to be no less than $65.2 million. Our actual Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in our senior credit facility, for the twelve-month period ended December 28, 2002 was $80.5 million. The senior credit facility also limits the level of annual capital expenditures.

        The senior credit facility contains customary events of default, including, among other things: payment defaults; breaches of representations and warranties; covenant defaults; cross-defaults to certain other debt, including the 10.875% senior subordinated notes; events of bankruptcy and insolvency; judgment defaults; invalidity of any guarantee or impairment of any collateral interests supporting the senior credit facility; and a change in our control, as defined in the senior credit facility.

        We are also required to pay a periodic administrative agent's fee, a letter of credit fee equal to the applicable interest margin for Eurodollar rate loans under the revolving loan facility and letter of credit fronting fees.

        As required under the senior credit facility, we purchased an interest rate cap as an economic hedge against approximately $31.3 million of variable rate debt. The cap rate is 7% and terminates on December 7, 2004. The cap is recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at its fair value of $6,359 at December 28, 2002 and $188,000 at December 29, 2001.

        Also, in connection with the Acquisition, Carter's issued $175.0 million of 10.875% senior subordinated notes (less a discount of $1.3 million), which were subsequently exchanged for notes in the same principal amount and with identical terms (the "Notes"). Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 10.875% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15. Unless redeemed earlier, principal on the Notes is due in full on August 15, 2011. At any time prior to August 15, 2004, Carter's may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price of 110.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings; provided that:

F-20


        Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Notes are not redeemable at our option prior to August 15, 2006.

        After August 15, 2006, Carter's may redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of the years indicated below:

Year

  Percentage
 
2006   105.438 %
2007   103.625 %
2008   101.813 %
2009 and thereafter   100.000 %

        The Notes contain provisions and covenants including limitations on other indebtedness, restricted payments and distributions, sales of assets, subsidiary stock, liens and certain other transactions.

        The fair value of our long-term debt was approximately $17.0 million greater than the book value as of December 28, 2002 and approximately $13.0 million greater than the book value as of December 29, 2001. The fair values were estimated based on similar issues or on current rates offered to us for debt of the same remaining maturities.

NOTE 6—CAPITAL STOCK:

        Prior to the Acquisition, we had various classes of capital stock outstanding. Features of these classes of capital stock were specified in a Certificate of Designation. Certain of our officers and employees held 119,863 shares of Class C stock as of December 30, 2000.

        In connection with the Acquisition, all classes of our Predecessor capital stock converted into shares of a single new class of common stock. The total number of shares of all classes of Successor capital stock that we are authorized to issue is 8,100,000 shares, consisting of 8,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "common stock"), and 100,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "preferred stock").

        The shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The board of directors (the "directors") may determine, in whole or in part, the preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights and privileges of any series before the issuance of any shares of that series. The directors shall determine the number of shares constituting each series of preferred stock and each series shall have a distinguishing designation.

        The holders of common stock have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters requiring action by the stockholders or submitted to the stockholders for action. Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on such matters.

        Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of the common stock shall be entitled to receive our net assets, after we have satisfied or made provisions

F-21



for our debts and obligations for payment to the holders of shares of any class or series having preferential rights to receive distributions of such net assets.

        Carter's officers and employees held 419,193 shares of our common stock as of December 28, 2002 and December 29, 2001.

NOTE 7—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

        We offer a comprehensive post-retirement medical plan to current and certain future retirees and their spouses until they become eligible for Medicare or a Medicare Supplement plan. We also offer life insurance to current and certain future retirees. Employee contributions are required as a condition of participation for both medical benefits and life insurance and our liabilities are net of these employee contributions.

        The following is a reconciliation of the Accumulated Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations ("APBO") under this plan ($000):

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  For the year
ended
December 28,
2002

  For the
period from
August 15,
2001 through
December 29,
2001

  For the
period from
December 31,
2000 through
August 14,
2001

 
Benefit Obligation (APBO) at beginning of period   $ 9,952   $ 9,448   $ 9,878  
Service cost     71     35     58  
Interest cost     611     251     418  
Plan participants' contributions     1,044     353     589  
Actuarial loss (gain)     477     523     (398 )
Benefits paid     (1,934 )   (658 )   (1,097 )
   
 
 
 
APBO at end of period   $ 10,221   $ 9,952   $ 9,448  
   
 
 
 

        Our contribution for these post-retirement benefit obligations was $890,521 in the Successor fiscal year 2002, $304,681 for the Successor period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001 and $507,801 for the Predecessor period December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001.

F-22



        The funded status of the plan is reconciled to the accrued post-retirement benefit liability recognized primarily in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as follows ($000):

 
  Successor, at
 
 
  December 28,
2002

  December 29,
2001

 
Funded status (unfunded APBO)   $ 10,221   $ 9,952  
Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions     (1,000 )   (523 )
   
 
 
Accrued benefit cost   $ 9,221   $ 9,429  
   
 
 

        The discount rate used in determining the APBO was 6.5% as of December 28, 2002 and 7.0% as of December 29, 2001.

        The components of post-retirement benefit expense charged to operations are as follows ($000):

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
  For the year
ended
December 28,
2002

  For the
period from
August 15,
2001 through
December 29,
2001

  For the
period from
December 31,
2000 through
August 14,
2001

  For the year
ended
December 30,
2000

Service cost—benefits attributed to service during the period   $ 71   $ 35   $ 58   $ 140
Interest cost on accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation     611     251     418     672
Amortization of net actuarial loss             13    
   
 
 
 
Total net periodic post-retirement benefit cost   $ 682   $ 286   $ 489   $ 812
   
 
 
 

        The effects on our plan of all future increases in health care costs are borne by employees; accordingly, increasing medical costs are not expected to have any material effect on our future financial results.

        We have an obligation under a defined benefit plan covering certain former officers. At December 28, 2002 and December 29, 2001, the present value of the estimated remaining payments under this plan was approximately $1.4 million and is included in other current and long-term liabilities.

        We also sponsor a defined contribution plan within the United States. The plan covers employees who are at least 21 years of age and have completed three months of service, during which at least 257 hours were served. The plan provides for the option for employee contributions up to statutory limits, of which we match up to 4% of the employee contribution, at a rate of 100% on the first 3% and 50% of the second 2%. Our expense for the defined contribution plan totaled

F-23



approximately ($000): $1,363 for the Successor fiscal year ended December 28, 2002, $275 for the Successor period August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, $594 for the Predecessor period December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and $1,017 for the Predecessor fiscal year ended December 30, 2000.

NOTE 8—MANAGEMENT STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND STOCK ISSUANCES:

        At the time of the Acquisition, we terminated our existing Management Stock Incentive Plan (the "Former Plan"), which had been formed to provide incentives to our employees and directors. All outstanding options under the Former Plan are subsequently covered by the basic component of the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") described below and expire on August 15, 2011. Options awarded under this plan and retained by management after the Acquisition ("Retained Options") entitle recipients to purchase our common stock (previously Holdings Class C stock). Options issued under the Former Plan have been restated to reflect a 10-for-1 stock split that occurred on August 15, 2001. Options for up to 752,680 shares of our common stock were able to be granted under the Former Plan, of which 2,864 had not been granted at August 14, 2001. The exercise price of all options granted under the Former Plan was $6 per share, which was deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at the time the options were granted. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized on the options granted. All the options granted under the Former Plan vested ratably over five years (contingent upon our meeting specific earnings targets) or would immediately vest upon certain events. All stock options granted under the Former Plan vested immediately upon the Acquisition. In connection with the Acquisition, 318,675 options were exercised and 431,141 remained outstanding.

        At the time of the Acquisition, we adopted the Plan in order to provide incentives to our employees and directors. Awards under the Plan provide the recipients with options to purchase shares of our common stock. There were 986,049 shares of our common stock made available under this plan. Two new types of option awards have been issued under the Plan—basic options and performance options. Basic options vest ratably over a five-year period, but immediately vest upon a change in control, as defined. Up to 246,998 basic options may be granted under the Plan, of which 44,131 remain available for grant at December 28, 2002. Performance options vest after eight years, but may vest earlier, either all or in part, upon our achievement of certain defined performance objectives as of December 31, 2006 or the occurrence of one of several events, including a change of control, as defined, or termination of employment. Up to 394,145 performance options may be granted under the Plan, of which 69,809 remain available for grant at December 28, 2002.

        Since the number of shares and the exercise price per share are known at the time of grant, each of the basic options, performance options and retained options qualify for fixed plan accounting. All options issued under the Plan expire ten years from the date of grant. The exercise price of the basic and performance options issued at the time of the Acquisition in 2001 was $24.62 per share, which was deemed to be the fair market value of the our common stock at the time the options were granted, based upon the purchase price of common stock in the Acquisition as described in Note 1. These were the only options granted during 2001. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized on the basic and performance options granted during 2001. For options issued in 2002, exercise prices ranged from $24.62 to $38.70 per share. During 2002, we recognized approximately $14,500 in compensation expense related to these option

F-24



grants based upon the difference in the estimated fair value of our common stock at the time the options were granted and the exercise price.

        A summary of stock option activity under this Plan (in number of shares that may be purchased) is as follows (including options retained by management, which were all originally issued under the Former Plan):

 
  Basic options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price per
share

  Performance
options

  Weighted
average
exercise
price per
share

  Retained
options

  Weighted
average
exercise
price per
share

Outstanding, January 1, 2000 (Predecessor)               749,816   $ 6.00
Granted                  
Exercised                  
Forfeited                  
Expired                  
   
       
       
     
Outstanding, December 30, 2000 (Predecessor)               749,816   $ 6.00
Granted                  
Exercised               (318,675 ) $ 6.00
Forfeited                    
Expired                  
   
       
       
     
Outstanding, August 15, 2001 (Successor)               431,141   $ 6.00
Granted   193,116   $ 24.62   304,837   $ 24.62      
Exercised                  
Forfeited               (86,236 ) $ 6.00
Expired                  
   
       
       
     
Outstanding, December 29, 2001 (Successor)   193,116   $ 24.62   304,837   $ 24.62   344,905   $ 6.00
Granted   9,751   $ 26.70   19,499   $ 27.37      
Exercised                  
Forfeited                  
Expired                  
   
       
       
     
Outstanding, December 28, 2002 (Successor)   202,867   $ 24.72   324,336   $ 24.79   344,905   $ 6.00
   
       
       
     
Exercisable, December 28, 2002 (Successor)   38,623   $ 24.62   2,000   $ 24.62   344,905   $ 6.00

        The weighted average contractual life as of December 28, 2002 for the retained options as well as the basic and performance options is approximately 8.7 years.

        For disclosure purposes only, we have measured compensation expense, in accordance with SFAS 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). The following table

F-25



illustrates the effect on net income (loss) if the company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 ($000):

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  For the year
ended
December 28,
2002

  For the
period from
August 15,
2001 through
December 29,
2001

  For the
period from
December 31,
2000 through
August 14,
2001

  For the year
ended
December 30,
2000

 
Net income (loss), as reported   $ 19,253   $ 12,838   $ (16,997 ) $ 12,653  
Add:                          
  Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects     9              
Deduct:                          
  Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects     (524 )   (167 )   (286 )   (249 )
   
 
 
 
 
Pro forma net income (loss)   $ 18,738   $ 12,671   $ (17,283 ) $ 12,404  
   
 
 
 
 

        For basic options, using a minimum value method, the fair value of each option at the date of grant has been estimated to be approximately $10 per share for options granted in 2001 and ranged from $10 to $17 per share for options granted in 2002. These values were calculated at an assumed risk free interest rate ranging from 4.4% to 3.0% for 2002 and 5.5% for 2001 option grants, with an expected life of 10 years. No dividends were assumed.

        For performance options, using a minimum value method, the fair value of each option at the date of grant has been estimated to be approximately $9 per share for options granted in 2001 and ranged from $10 to $17 per share for options granted in 2002. These values were calculated at an assumed risk free interest rate ranging from 4.4% to 3.0% for 2002 and 5.5% for 2001 option grants, with an expected life of 10 years. No dividends were assumed.

        For options issued under the Former Plan, the fair value of each granted option, at the date of the grant, has been estimated to be $1.90 for the options granted during fiscal 1999, $1.98 for the options granted during fiscal 1998, $2.36 for the options granted during fiscal 1997 and $2.95 for the options granted during the two-month period ended December 28, 1996. The fair value of the options granted was estimated using a minimum value method at an assumed risk free interest rate of 5.5% for options granted in 1999, 5.0% in 1998, 6.25% in 1997 and 7.0% in the two-month period ended December 28, 1996.

        During 2002, we sold shares of common stock to two of our directors (one during second quarter and one during third quarter) and issued shares of common stock to an outside consultant as partial consideration for services rendered. In connection with these transactions, as well as stock option grants to certain employees noted above, we recorded compensation expense during 2002 in the amount of approximately $768,000. Additionally, we received cash proceeds of $1.0 million and recorded approximately $1.8 million to our additional paid-in capital.

F-26



NOTE 9—INCOME TAXES:

        The provision for income taxes consisted of the following ($000):

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
  For the year ended
December 28, 2002

  For the period from
August 15, 2001
through
December 29, 2001

  For the period from
December 31, 2000
through
August 14, 2001

  For the year ended
December 30, 2000

Current tax provision (benefit):                        
  Federal   $ 11,833   $ 3,575   $ (213 ) $ 6,678
  State     1,917     630     72     1,343
  Foreign     525     279     396     566
   
 
 
 
    Total current provision     14,275     4,484     255     8,587
   
 
 
 
Deferred tax (benefit) provision:                        
  Federal     (1,126 )   2,594     (6,482 )   222
  State     (138 )   317     (630 )   26
   
 
 
 
    Total deferred (benefit) provision     (1,264 )   2,911     (7,112 )   248
   
 
 
 
      Total provision (benefit)   $ 13,011   $ 7,395   $ (6,857 ) $ 8,835
   
 
 
 

        Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows ($000):

 
  Successor, at
 
 
  December 28,
2002

  December 29,
2001

 
 
  Assets (Liabilities)

 
Current deferred taxes:              
  Accounts receivable allowance   $ 2,361   $ 2,005  
  Inventory     4,765     4,445  
  Liability accruals     3,083     3,038  
  Deferred employee benefits     (664 )   (593 )
  Other     476     476  
   
 
 
    Total current deferred taxes   $ 10,021   $ 9,371  
   
 
 
Non-current deferred taxes:              
  Depreciation   $ (3,596 ) $ (2,092 )
  Tradename and licensing agreements     (84,493 )   (86,343 )
  Deferred employee benefits     3,998     4,060  
  Other     218      
   
 
 
    Total non-current deferred taxes   $ (83,873 ) $ (84,375 )
   
 
 
  Total deferred tax assets   $ 14,901   $ 14,024  
   
 
 
  Total deferred tax liabilities   $ (88,753 ) $ (89,028 )
   
 
 

F-27


        The difference between our effective income tax rate and the federal statutory tax rate is reconciled below:

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  For the year ended
December 28, 2002

  For the period from
August 15, 2001
through
December 29, 2001

  For the period from
December 31, 2000
through
August 14, 2001

  For the year ended
December 30, 2000

 
Statutory federal income tax rate   35.0 % 35.0 % 34.0 % 35.0 %
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit   3.8   3.1   1.5   4.1  
Goodwill amortization       (0.7 ) 1.2  
Non-deductible Acquisition-related costs   1.0     (5.1 )  
Foreign income, net of tax   0.2   (1.9 ) (1.7 ) 0.1  
Other   0.3   0.3   0.7    
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   40.3 % 36.5 % 28.7 % 40.4 %
   
 
 
 
 

        The portion of income (loss) before income taxes attributable to foreign income was approximately $1,276,000 for the Successor year ended December 28, 2002, $1,895,000 for the Successor period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, ($46,000) for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and $1,589,000 for the Predecessor year ended December 30, 2000.

NOTE 10—LEASE COMMITMENTS:

        Rent expense ($000) under operating leases was $20,584 for the Successor fiscal year ended December 28, 2002, $7,384 for the Successor period August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001, $12,321 for the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and $19,232 for the Predecessor year ended December 30, 2000.

        Minimum annual rental commitments under current noncancelable operating leases as of December 28, 2002 were as follows ($000):

Fiscal Year

  Buildings,
primarily retail stores

  Transportation equipment
  Data processing equipment
  Manufacturing equipment
  Total noncancelable leases
2003   $ 17,003   $ 149   $ 585   $ 158   $ 17,895
2004     15,202     36     448     155     15,841
2005     12,558     21     228     121     12,928
2006     9,979     1     38     61     10,079
2007     7,314             12     7,326
Thereafter     14,060                 14,060
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 76,116   $ 207   $ 1,299   $ 507   $ 78,129
   
 
 
 
 

F-28


        In January 2003, we entered into a seven-year lease agreement, with a cancellation option after four years, for a new distribution facility in Stockbridge, Georgia. Payments will begin in April 2003. The four-year commitment obligation totals approximately $2.2 million. If cancelled upon exercising our option in year four, the remaining obligation would be approximately $230,000. The Stockbridge, Georgia lease commitment is included in the table above.

        Future annual lease commitments under capital lease obligations are as follows ($000):

Fiscal Year

   
 
2003   $ 288  
Thereafter     168  
   
 
Total minimum obligations     456  
Interest     (29 )
   
 
Present value of net minimum obligations     427  
Current portion, included in other current liabilities     (263 )
   
 
Long-term obligations, included in other long-term liabilities at December 28, 2002   $ 164  
   
 

NOTE 11—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

        We are subject to various federal, state and local laws that govern activities or operations that may have adverse environmental effects. Noncompliance with these laws and regulations can result in significant liabilities, penalties and costs. From time to time, our operations have resulted or may result in noncompliance with or liability pursuant to environmental laws. Generally, compliance with environmental laws has not had a material impact on our operations, but there can be no assurance that future compliance with such laws will not have a material adverse effect on our operations.

        Additionally, we enter into various purchase order commitments with full package suppliers. We can cancel these arrangements, although in some instances, we may be subject to a termination charge reflecting a percentage of work performed prior to cancellation.

        During 2002, a lawsuit was filed against us in which the plaintiff is claiming damages of approximately $830,000 related to an alleged oral guarantee of money owed to it by a third-party vendor. We have not provided for this exposure as we believe that this claim is without merit and we intend to vigorously defend this matter.

        During the third quarter of 2002, Carter's executed an artwork agreement with Eric Carle, LLC. Under this agreement, we are obligated to pay $1.5 million in minimum royalty guarantees for the initial term which began June 28, 2002 and expires December 31, 2005.

F-29



NOTE 12—OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES:

        Other current liabilities consisted of the following ($000):

 
  Successor, at
 
  December 28, 2002
  December 29, 2001
Accrued income taxes   $ 8,229   $ 6,765
Accrued interest     7,650     7,729
Accrued incentive compensation     5,590     4,863
Accrued workers compensation     3,325     3,050
Accrued salaries and wages     2,143     1,731
Other current liabilities     10,749     9,677
   
 
    $ 37,686   $ 33,815
   
 

NOTE 13—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS:

        Information regarding valuation and qualifying accounts is as follows ($000):

 
  Allowance for
 
 
  Doubtful
accounts

  Inventory
valuation

 
Predecessor:              
  Balance, January 1, 2000   $ 2,765   $ 5,237  
    Additions, charged to expense     1,840     3,408  
    Writeoffs     (2,560 )   (4,563 )
   
 
 
  Balance, December 30, 2000     2,045     4,082  
    Additions, charged to expense     1,317     1,482  
    Writeoffs     (1,525 )   (1,112 )
   
 
 
  Balance, August 14, 2001   $ 1,837   $ 4,452  
   
 
 
Successor:              
  Balance, August 15, 2001   $ 1,837   $  
    Additions, charged to expense     604     1,681  
    Writeoffs     (768 )    
   
 
 
  Balance, December 29, 2001     1,673     1,681  
    Additions, charged to expense     2,578     1,177  
    Writeoffs     (2,371 )    
   
 
 
  Balance, December 28, 2002   $ 1,880   $ 2,858  
   
 
 

NOTE 14—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

        In 1996, in connection with the closing of the acquisition by Investcorp S.A., we entered into an agreement for management advisory and consulting services under which we agreed to pay Investcorp $1.35 million per year for a five-year term. This agreement was terminated upon the consummation of the Acquisition.

F-30



        In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a management agreement with Berkshire Partners. Under this agreement, we agreed, among other things, to pay Berkshire Partners an annual management fee of $1.65 million commencing on the first anniversary of the Acquisition. We pay this fee quarterly in advance. Through December 28, 2002, we have expensed approximately $1.8 million and paid Berkshire Partners approximately $619,000 under this agreement. In addition, upon consummation of the Acquisition, we paid Berkshire Partners an acquisition fee of $2.0 million. We have agreed to pay Berkshire Partners an acquisition fee of 1% of any future financing or 1% of the value of any acquisition for their advice in connection with any future financing or acquisition.

        In January 2000, Carter's issued a loan to Frederick J. Rowan, II, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, in the amount of $4.3 million, the proceeds of which were used by Mr. Rowan to repay a previous loan from Carter's in the amount of $1.5 million. In connection with the Acquisition, we amended the terms of this loan. As amended, the $4.3 million loan is payable in annual installments of $600,000 commencing on March 31, 2003, and thereafter on each anniversary thereof until such principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon has been repaid. In December 2002, Mr. Rowan made a voluntary payment of $1.5 million on this obligation. The loan may become due, at our option, if Mr. Rowan is no longer our employee, if we close a public offering of our equity securities, including this offering, upon a change in voting control of Holdings, or upon other customary events of default. The loan is collateralized by his equity in Holdings. The loan bears interest at the average rate payable by us under the revolving loan facility. The loan is prepayable with proceeds of any disposition of Mr. Rowan's stock in Holdings. The highest outstanding balance under Mr. Rowan's loan during fiscal 2002 was $5.3 million. As of December 28, 2002, the outstanding balance of this obligation, including interest accrued thereon, is $3.8 million and is included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        In December of 2002, we paid Mr. Rowan a special bonus of $5.0 million.

        We repurchased 1,000 shares of our Class C stock owned by certain of our former employees for cash payments of $60,000 in the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and 1,169 shares for $70,000 in the Predecessor fiscal year ended December 30, 2000.

        In addition during the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 and the Predecessor fiscal year 2000, we issued 1,000 shares to employees at a fair value of $60,000.

NOTE 15—SEGMENT INFORMATION:

        We report segment information in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS 131"), which requires segment information to be disclosed based on a "management approach." The management approach refers to the internal reporting that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing the performance of our reportable segments. SFAS 131 also requires disclosure about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. For purposes of complying with SFAS 131, we have identified our two reportable segments as "Wholesale" and "Retail." We generally sell the same products in each business segment. Wholesale products are offered

F-31



through our Wholesale sales channel while the Retail segment reflects the operations of our retail stores. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2—"Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies." Each segment's results include the costs directly related to the segment's revenue and all other costs are allocated based on the relationship to consolidated net sales or units produced to support each segments revenue. Intersegment sales and transfers are recorded at cost and treated as a transfer of inventory.

        The table below presents certain segment information for the periods indicated ($000):

 
  Wholesale
  Retail
  Total
Successor fiscal year ended December 28, 2002:                  
  Sales   $ 325,796   $ 253,751   $ 579,547
  Adjusted EBITDA   $ 35,984   $ 44,539   $ 80,523
Successor for the period from August 15, 2001 through December 29, 2001:                  
  Sales   $ 127,689   $ 108,091   $ 235,780
  Adjusted EBITDA   $ 13,543   $ 24,440   $ 37,983
Predecessor for the period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001:                  
  Sales   $ 155,639   $ 127,088   $ 282,727
  Adjusted EBITDA   $ 6,590   $ 9,092   $ 15,682
Predecessor fiscal year ended December 30, 2000:                  
  Sales   $ 248,095   $ 215,280   $ 463,375
  Adjusted EBITDA   $ 26,524   $ 31,517   $ 58,041

F-32


        A reconciliation of total segment Adjusted EBITDA to total consolidated income (loss) before income taxes is presented below ($000):

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  For fiscal year ended
December 28, 2002

  For the period from
August 15, 2001
through
December 29, 2001

  For the period from
December 31, 2000
through
August 14, 2001

  For fiscal year ended
December 30, 2000

 
Total Adjusted EBITDA for reportable segments   $ 80,523   $ 37,983   $ 15,682   $ 58,041  
Depreciation and amortization expense     (18,693 )   (6,918 )   (12,245 )   (17,520 )
Acquisition-related charges             (11,289 )    
Plant closure costs         268     (1,116 )    
Deferred charge write-off     (923 )            
Writedown of long-lived assets     (150 )       (3,156 )    
Other non-cash items, net, in accordance with loan agreement     (192 )            
Interest expense, net     (28,301 )   (11,100 )   (11,730 )   (18,679 )
   
 
 
 
 
Consolidated income (loss) before income taxes   $ 32,264   $ 20,233   $ (23,854 ) $ 21,842  
   
 
 
 
 

        The table below represents inventory by segment at ($000):

 
  Successor, at
  Predecessor, at
 
  December 28,
2002

  December 29,
2001

  December 30,
2000

Wholesale   $ 82,635   $ 66,191   $ 72,114
Retail     23,065     22,878     20,321
   
 
 
    $ 105,700   $ 89,069   $ 92,435
   
 
 

        Wholesale inventories include inventory produced and warehoused for the Retail segment.

        The following represents property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic area as of ($000):

 
  Successor, at
  Predecessor, at
 
  December 28, 2002
  December 29, 2001
  December 30, 2000
United States   $ 45,301   $ 40,603   $ 45,226
International     5,175     5,900     9,215
   
 
 
    $ 50,476   $ 46,503   $ 54,441
   
 
 

        Our international operations consist primarily of sewing facilities and, accordingly, no revenues are recorded at these locations.

F-33



        The following represents goodwill by segment at ($000):

 
  Successor, at
 
  December 28, 2002
  December 29, 2001
Wholesale   $ 55,628   $ 55,704
Retail     83,654     83,768
   
 
    $ 139,282   $ 139,472
   
 

NOTE 16—CLOSURE OF MANUFACTURING FACILITIES:

        In the first quarter of fiscal 2001, we announced our plans to close our sewing facility located in Harlingen, Texas, which subsequently closed and ceased operations on May 11, 2001. In the first quarter of 2001, we recorded a charge of approximately $582,000 for closure costs and involuntary termination benefits and a non-cash charge of approximately $742,000 related to the writedown of the asset value of the facility to its estimated net realizable value. As of March 30, 2002, all of the costs provided for in the first quarter of 2001 for severance and other termination benefits had been paid.

F-34



        In the second quarter of fiscal 2001, we announced our plans to close our fabric printing operations located in Barnesville, Georgia, which subsequently closed and ceased operations on June 29, 2001. In the second quarter of 2001, we recorded a charge of approximately $534,000 for closure costs and involuntary termination benefits and a non-cash charge of approximately $2.4 million related to the writedown of the asset value of these fabric printing operations to estimated net realizable value. As of June 29, 2002, all of the costs provided for in the second quarter of 2001 for severance and other termination benefits had been paid.

        In connection with the Acquisition, we re-evaluated the requirements for certain manufacturing operations, which we had previously planned to maintain to support our long-term revenue growth plans. After a thorough assessment of alternative sourcing opportunities, we decided to exit certain manufacturing operations. We made this decision in connection with our new ownership in advance of the Acquisition. As a result of this decision, on October 23, 2001, we announced our plans to close our cutting and fabric warehouse operations located in Griffin, Georgia, our embroidery operation located in Milner, Georgia, our bed and bath sewing and finishing operation located in Barnesville, Georgia and our sewing facility located in San Pedro, Dominican Republic, all of which subsequently closed and ceased operations before the end of fiscal 2001. At the time of the Acquisition, we established a liability for these plant closures. As of June 29, 2002, all of the severance and other termination costs associated with these plant closures had been paid.

        The assets associated with the embroidery operations at Milner, Georgia were sold during the first quarter of 2002. During the second and third quarters of 2002, the assets related to our printing, and sewing and finishing operations located in Barnesville, Georgia were sold. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, we recorded a charge of approximately $150,000 related to a further reduction in the carrying value of the land and building held for sale located in Barnesville, Georgia. The remaining assets included in assets held for sale on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2002 represent the land and building located in Barnesville, Georgia and land associated with the Harlingen, Texas facility.

NOTE 17—OTHER EXIT COSTS:

        In connection with the Acquisition and our new ownership, we announced our decision to terminate an initiative to open full-price retail stores. At Acquisition, we established a liability related to terminating three employees, exiting a full-price retail consulting contract, and providing for related lease obligations. As of June 29, 2002, all of the costs associated with exiting the full-price retail initiative were paid.

F-35




CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  July 5,
2003

  December 28,
2002

 
  (unaudited)

   
ASSETS            
Current assets:            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 4,959   $ 35,562
  Accounts receivable, net     59,904     53,600
  Inventories, net     132,910     105,700
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     5,065     4,903
  Deferred income taxes     11,096     10,021
   
 
    Total current assets     213,934     209,786

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

49,952

 

 

50,476
Tradename     220,233     220,233
Cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired     139,282     139,282
Licensing agreements, net of accumulated amortization of $9,375 and $6,875     5,625     8,125
Deferred debt issuance costs, net     10,433     11,248
Other assets     3,659     4,199
   
 
    Total assets   $ 643,118   $ 643,349
   
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY            
Current liabilities:            
  Current maturities of long-term debt   $ 1,201   $ 6,346
  Accounts payable     34,253     34,669
  Other current liabilities     35,538     37,686
   
 
    Total current liabilities     70,992     78,701
Long-term debt     290,742     291,276
Deferred income taxes     82,926     83,873
Other long-term liabilities     10,001     10,140
   
 
      Total liabilities     454,661     463,990
   
 
Commitments and contingencies            

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; 100,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding at July 5, 2003 and December 28, 2002        
  Common stock, voting; par value $.01 per share; 8,000,000 shares authorized; 5,639,721 issued and outstanding at July 5, 2003; 5,637,190 issued and outstanding at December 28, 2002     56     56
  Additional paid-in capital     147,312     147,212
  Retained earnings     41,089     32,091
   
 
    Total common stockholders' equity     188,457     179,359
   
 
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 643,118   $ 643,349
   
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-36



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)
(unaudited)

 
  For the six-month
periods ended

 
 
  July 5,
2003

  June 29, 2002
 
Net sales   $ 306,001   $ 243,690  
Cost of goods sold     195,542     150,069  
   
 
 
Gross profit     110,459     93,621  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     86,764     78,913  
Royalty income     (4,457 )   (3,775 )
   
 
 
Operating income     28,152     18,483  
Interest expense, net     13,521     13,970  
   
 
 
Income before income taxes     14,631     4,513  
Provision for income taxes     5,633     1,738  
   
 
 
Net income   $ 8,998   $ 2,775  
   
 
 
Basic net income per common share   $ 1.60   $ 0.50  
Diluted net income per common share   $ 1.50   $ 0.48  
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding     5,637,613     5,596,122  
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding     5,993,702     5,841,581  

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-37



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)
(unaudited)

 
  For the six-month
periods ended

 
 
  July 5, 2003
  June 29, 2002
 
Cash flows from operating activities:              
  Net income   $ 8,998   $ 2,775  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:              
    Depreciation and amortization     9,991     8,565  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs     815     815  
    Accretion of debt discount     66     65  
    Non-cash compensation expense         308  
    Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment     (21 )   (200 )
    Deferred tax benefit     (2,022 )   (661 )
    Effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities:              
      (Increase) decrease in assets:              
        Accounts receivable     (6,304 )   (4,612 )
        Inventories     (27,210 )   (9,032 )
        Prepaid expenses and other assets     (672 )   1,118  
      (Decrease) increase in liabilities:              
        Accounts payable and other liabilities     (5,579 )   227  
   
 
 
          Net cash used in operating activities     (21,938 )   (632 )
   
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:              
  Capital expenditures     (6,810 )   (5,552 )
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment     275     498  
  Collections on loan     600      
   
 
 
          Net cash used in investing activities     (5,935 )   (5,054 )
   
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:              
  Payments of term loan     (5,745 )   (937 )
  Payments of capital lease obligations     (129 )   (415 )
  Proceeds from sale of stock     100     500  
  Other     3,044      
   
 
 
          Net cash used in financing activities     (2,730 )   (852 )
   
 
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (30,603 )   (6,538 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     35,562     24,692  
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 4,959   $ 18,154  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-38



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PREPARATION:

        Carter Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings") is a holding company whose primary asset consists of an investment in 100% of the outstanding capital stock of The William Carter Company ("Carter's") (all together "we," "us" and "our").

        In our opinion, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly our financial position as of July 5, 2003, the results of our operations for the six-month periods ended July 5, 2003 and June 29, 2002, and cash flows for the six-month periods ended July 5, 2003 and June 29, 2002. Operating results for the six-month period ended July 5, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending January 3, 2004. Our accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2002 is from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The accounting policies we follow, except as described in Note 7, are set forth in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2002 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday in December or January nearest the last day of December. Consistent with this policy, fiscal 2002 ended on December 28, 2002, and fiscal 2003 will end on January 3, 2004. As a result, fiscal 2003 will contain 53 weeks of financial results. The additional week in fiscal 2003 was included in the first half of 2003. Therefore, the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the first half of 2003 reflect our financial position as of July 5, 2003 and for the 27-week period then ended. The first half of 2002 ended on June 29, 2002 and included 26 weeks of financial results.

        Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for comparative purposes.

STOCK BASED COMPENSATION:

        We account for stock-based compensation on stock options under the intrinsic value method consistent with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"). Under this method, we record compensation expense equal to the difference between the exercise price of the stock option and the fair market value of the underlying stock as of the date of the option grant. For disclosure purposes only, we also estimate the impact on our net income of applying the fair value method of measuring compensation cost on stock options with the fair value determined under the minimum value method as provided by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123") as amended by SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS 148").

F-39



        The following table illustrates the effect on net income if compensation expense for our option grants had been determined based on the fair value as of the grant dates consistent with the methodology of SFAS 123 and SFAS 148 ($000):

 
  For the six-month
periods ended

 
 
  July 5, 2003
  June 29, 2002
 
Net income, as reported   $ 8,998   $ 2,775  
Add:              
  Stock-based employee compensation (under APB 25) included in reported net income, net of related tax effects     8     2  

Deduct:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method (under SFAS 123 and SFAS 148) for all awards, net of related tax effects     (267 )   (245 )
   
 
 
Pro forma net income   $ 8,739   $ 2,532  
   
 
 

        For basic options, using a minimum value method, the fair value of each option as of the date of grant has been estimated to be approximately $10 per share for options granted in 2003 and $10 to $17 per share for options granted in 2002. These per share option values were calculated at an assumed risk free interest rate of 2.9% for 2003 and 4.4% to 3.0% for 2002, with an expected life of 10 years. No dividends were assumed.

        For performance options, using a minimum value method, the fair value of each option as of the date of grant has been estimated to be approximately $10 per share for options granted in 2003 and $10 to $17 per share for options granted in 2002. These per share option values were calculated at the same assumed risk free interest rates shown above with an expected life of 10 years. No dividends were assumed.

NOTE 2—THE COMPANY:

        Carter's designs, sources, manufactures and markets premier branded childrenswear under the Carter's, Carter's Classics, Child of Mine and Tykes brand names. Carter's products are sourced through production at company-based sewing facilities located in Costa Rica and Mexico and through contractual arrangements with third-party manufacturers throughout the world. Products are manufactured for wholesale distribution to major domestic retailers and for Carter's 159 retail stores that market Carter's brand name merchandise and certain products manufactured by other companies. Carter's retail operations represented approximately 40% and 46% of our consolidated net sales in the second quarter of 2003 and 2002, and approximately 37% and 45% in the first half of 2003 and 2002.

F-40



NOTE 3—INVENTORIES:

        Inventories consisted of the following ($000):

 
  July 5, 2003
  December 28, 2002
Finished goods   $ 124,861   $ 99,609
Work in process     6,502     3,509
Raw materials and supplies     1,547     2,582
   
 
  Total   $ 132,910   $ 105,700
   
 

NOTE 4—STOCK TRANSACTIONS:

        During the first quarter of 2003, we issued options to purchase our common stock to a director and certain employees. Additionally, during the second quarter ended July 5, 2003, we sold shares of our common stock to one of our directors for cash proceeds of $100,000. In connection with this transaction, we recorded additional paid-in capital in the amount of $100,000. No compensation expense was recorded on these option grants or stock purchase, as the stock was purchased at its fair market value and options were issued with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of stock as of the date of grant.

        During the second quarter ended June 29, 2002, we sold shares of our common stock to one of our directors for cash proceeds of $500,000 and issued shares of our common stock to a consultant. In connection with these transactions, as well as stock option grants to certain employees, we recorded compensation expense during the second quarter ended June 29, 2002 in the amount of approximately $641,000, received cash of $500,000 and recorded additional paid-in capital in the amount of approximately $1.1 million.

NOTE 5—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

        On August 15, 2001, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" ("SFAS 141") and applied the required provisions of SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("SFAS 142"). Accordingly, our tradename and goodwill have been deemed to have indefinite lives and are no longer being amortized. Our licensing agreements are being amortized over the average three-year life of such agreements. Amortization expense for the second quarter and first half of 2003 and 2002 was $1.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively, and is expected to be a total of $5.0 million for fiscal 2003 and $3.1 million for 2004.

NOTE 6—SEGMENT INFORMATION:

        Our two business segments are "Wholesale" and "Retail." We generally sell the same products in each business segment. Wholesale products are offered through our Wholesale sales channel while the Retail segment reflects the operations of our retail stores. Each segment's results include the costs directly related to the segment's revenue and all other costs are allocated based on the relationship of such costs to consolidated net sales or units produced to support each segment's revenue.

F-41



        The table below presents certain segment information for the periods indicated ($000):

 
  For the six-month
periods ended

 
  July 5, 2003
  June 29, 2002
Net sales:            
  Wholesale   $ 192,480   $ 135,228
  Retail     113,521     108,462
   
 
    Total net sales   $ 306,001   $ 243,690
   
 
EBITDA:            
  Wholesale   $ 22,635   $ 13,486
  Retail     15,508     13,562
   
 
    Total EBITDA   $ 38,143   $ 27,048
   
 

        EBITDA shown above, represents earnings before interest, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is presented because it is one measurement used by management in assessing financial performance, and we believe it is helpful to investors, securities analysts and other interested parties in evaluating performance of companies in our industry. EBITDA is also a measure used as a basis for calculating our financial covenants under our senior credit facility. Additionally, we believe EBITDA is an accepted indicator of our ability to incur and service debt obligations and make capital expenditures. EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. It should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities, as a measure of liquidity, an alternative to net income or any other measures of performance derived in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our definition and calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

        A reconciliation of EBITDA to net income is presented below ($000):

 
  For the six-month
periods ended

 
 
  July 5, 2003
  June 29, 2002
 
EBITDA   $ 38,143   $ 27,048  
Depreciation and amortization expense     (9,991 )   (8,565 )
Interest expense, net     (13,521 )   (13,970 )
Provision for income taxes     (5,633 )   (1,738 )
   
 
 
Net income   $ 8,998   $ 2,775  
   
 
 

NOTE 7—RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:

        In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations" ("SFAS 143"). SFAS 143 requires recording the fair

F-42



market value of an asset retirement obligation as a liability in the period in which a legal obligation associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets is incurred (including certain lease obligations). SFAS 143 also requires recording an asset offsetting the initial obligation as an increase to the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciation of that cost over the life of the asset. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 143 in the first quarter of 2003, and the impact of such adoption was not material to our financial position or results of operations for the second quarter or first half of 2003.

        In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections" ("SFAS 145"). SFAS 145 rescinds FASB Statement No. 4, which required all gains and losses from extinguishments of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Accounting Principles Board Opinion 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. The provisions of SFAS 145, as related to the rescission of FASB Statement No. 4, are effective for fiscal 2003. In the first quarter of 2003, we adopted the provisions of SFAS 145 and the extraordinary item recorded in the Predecessor period from December 31, 2000 through August 14, 2001 has been reclassified in the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in this Registration Statement.

        In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("SFAS 146"). SFAS 146 sets forth various modifications to existing accounting guidance, which prescribes the conditions that must be met in order for costs associated with contract terminations, facility consolidations and employee relocations and terminations to be accrued and recorded as liabilities in financial statements. Accordingly, SFAS 146 may affect the timing of recognizing any of our future restructuring costs as well as the amount recognized. SFAS 146 also establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. The provisions of SFAS 146 are required to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated by us after December 31, 2002. See Note 8 to the unaudited consolidated financial statements regarding our decision to close two of our production facilities.

        In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor's balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees, including indemnifications, that an entity has issued and a rollforward of the entity's product warranty liabilities. The disclosure provisions of FIN 45 were effective for financial statements of interim periods or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. In addition, we adopted the recognition provisions of FIN 45 effective January 1, 2003 for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure." SFAS 148 provides alternate methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more

F-43



prominently and in tabular format. Additionally, SFAS 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements were effective for us as of December 28, 2002. The interim disclosure requirements were effective for the first quarter of fiscal 2003.

        In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 149"). SFAS 149 amends and clarifies the accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 149 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity" ("SFAS 150"). SFAS 150 requires that certain financial instruments, which under previous guidance were accounted for as equity, must now be accounted for as liabilities. The financial instruments affected include mandatorily redeemable stock, certain financial instruments that require or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets and certain obligations that can be settled with shares of stock. SFAS 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and must be applied to our existing financial instruments effective July 6, 2003, the beginning of the first fiscal period after June 15, 2003. We adopted SFAS 150 on June 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 8—RECENT EVENTS:

        Effective July 29, 2003, our senior credit facility was amended to, among other things, increase the amount of the commitments under the revolving loan facility from $60.0 million to $75.0 million and allow for a maximum amount of commitments of $80.0 million, provide for a 75 basis point reduction in the applicable interest margin by prepaying our existing Tranche B term loan and replacing it with a new Tranche C term loan, reduce the amount of our mandatory loan prepayment requirement following the consummation of an initial public offering by us from a prepayment of 50% or 75% of excess cash flow to 25% or 50% of excess cash flow, depending on the applicable leverage ratio, and permit an aggregate dividend not to exceed $27.5 million to our equity holders and vested option holders. Additionally, our senior credit facility was amended to provide that, upon the consummation of an initial public offering by us, we are permitted to repurchase up to $61.3 million of our senior subordinated notes (plus any prepayment fees) with proceeds from an equity offering and settle our obligations of up to $3.6 million under the management agreement with Berkshire Partners LLC. These payments may be made prior to using 50% of any of the net proceeds of such an equity offering to prepay borrowings under our senior credit facility. Following the consummation of an initial public offering, we will also be permitted to repurchase up to $15.0 million of additional senior subordinated notes.

        On July 31, 2003, we paid a cash dividend of approximately $24.9 million on the outstanding shares of our common stock to the stockholders of record as of July 30, 2003. At the same time,

F-44



we paid a special bonus of approximately $2.5 million to our vested option holders. This special bonus will be recorded as compensation expense during the third quarter of 2003.

        In July 2003, we decided to exit two of our production facilities given our ability to obtain lower costs with third-party suppliers. Prior to the planned closure dates, the facilities will be held and used for production. During the second half of fiscal 2003 and the first half of 2004, it is estimated that the aggregate costs associated with such closures will be approximately $4.4 million, consisting primarily of accelerated depreciation, impairment charges, severance, and lease termination costs.

NOTE 9—EARNINGS PER SHARE

        In conjunction with this filing, we are presenting earnings per share information in the accompanying financial statements. In accordance with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," basic earnings per share is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, whereas diluted earnings per share gives effect to outstanding stock options.

        All such stock options are reflected in the denominator using the treasury stock method. This method assumes that shares are issued for options that are "in the money," but that we use the proceeds of such option exercises (generally, cash to be paid plus future compensation expense to be recognized) to repurchase shares at the average market value of the stock during the period. We have used our best estimate of the average market value of our shares for the respective period.

        The following is a reconciliation of basic number of common shares outstanding to diluted number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding:

 
  Six-month
periods ended

 
  July 5,
2003

  July 29, 2002
Net income   $ 8,998,000   $ 2,775,000
   
 
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding:            
 
Basic number of common shares outstanding

 

 

5,637,613

 

 

5,596,122
 
Dilutive effect of stock options

 

 

356,089

 

 

245,459
   
 
  Diluted number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding     5,993,702     5,841,581
   
 

F-45


[Pictures of children wearing body suits, blanket sleepers and other products that we market; pictures of our products presented on in-store fixtures; and pictures of the interior of one of our retail stores.]





        No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   10
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements   14
Industry and Other Data   14
Use of Proceeds   15
Dividend Policy   15
Capitalization   16
Dilution   17
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data   18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   21
Business   36
Management   47
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions   52
Principal and Selling Stockholders   53
Description of our Indebtedness   55
Description of Capital Stock   59
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   61
Underwriting   63
Validity of Common Stock   66
Experts   66
Where You Can Find More Information   67
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-1

        Through and including             , 2003 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Shares

Carter Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock


CARTER_K_LOGO


Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Banc of America Securities LLC

Credit Suisse First Boston

Morgan Stanley

Representatives of the Underwriters





PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the NASD fee and the NYSE listing fee.

Item

  Amount
SEC registration fee   $ 9,200
NASD filing fee     10,500
NYSE listing fee     *
Printing and engraving expenses     *
Legal fees and expenses     *
Accounting fees and exenses     *
Blue sky fees and expenses     *
Transfer agent and registrar fees     *
Miscellaneous     *

Total

 

$

*

*
To be provided by amendment

        All expenses the registrant or the selling stockholders incur in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stock registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) will be borne by the registrant.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. Section 145 further provides that a corporation similarly may indemnify any such person serving in any such capacity who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of

II-1



all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to unlawful payment of dividends and unlawful stock purchase and redemption) or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent allowed under Delaware law, as it shall be supplemented and amended.

        The Registrant expects to obtain policies of insurance under which, subject to the limitations of such policies, coverage will be provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or officer, including claims relating to public securities matters and (b) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to these officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

        The following information is furnished with regard to all securities sold by the registrant within the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act.

        The securities referenced in clause (a) were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as securities issued pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.

        The securities referenced in clauses (b) and (c) were issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 506 of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

II-2



ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


Exhibit Number

  Description of Exhibits
1   Form of Underwriting Agreement among Carter's, Inc., the underwriters named therein and the selling stockholders named therein.*

2.1

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 12, 2001 by and among Carter Holdings, Inc., the stockholders of Carter Holdings, Inc. and CH Acquisitions LLC.***

2.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 15, 2001, by and among CH Acquisitions LLC and the Management Stockholders.***

3.1

 

Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Carter's, Inc.*

3.2

 

Form of By-laws of Carter's, Inc.*

4.1

 

Specimen Certificate of Common Stock.*

4.2

 

Indenture dated as of August 15, 2001 among The William Carter Company, Carter's de San Pedro, Inc., Carter's Imagination, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee.***

5

 

Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP.*

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Carter Holdings, Inc., The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II, dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The William Carter Company and Joseph Pacifico, dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.3

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The William Carter Company and Charles E. Whetzel, Jr., dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.4

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The William Carter Company and David A. Brown, dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The William Carter Company and Michael D. Casey, dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.6

 

2001 Equity Incentive Plan.**

10.7

 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2001, by and among CH Acquisitions LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Fleet Securities, Inc. and BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and joined as of the Closing Date by The William Carter Company and Carter's de San Pedro, Inc. and Carter's Imagination, Inc. with respect to the $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011.***

10.8

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 15, 2001 among The William Carter Company, as Borrower, Carter Holdings, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of The William Carter Company, as Guarantors, various lenders, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Lead Arranger and Syndication Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and BNP Paribas, as Documentation Agent.***
     

II-3



10.9

 

Amendment No. 1 of Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 27, 2002 among The William Carter Company, as Borrower, Carter Holdings, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of The William Carter Company, as Guarantors, various lenders, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Lead Arranger and Syndication Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and BNP Paribas, as Documentation Agent.**

10.10

 

Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated August 15, 2001 between The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II.***

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement dated August 15, 2001 between The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II.***

10.12

 

Lease Agreement dated February 16, 2001 between The William Carter Company and Proscenium, L.L.C.***

10.13

 

Stockholders Agreement dated as of August 15, 2001 among Carter Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders of Carter Holdings, Inc., as amended.**

10.14

 

Second Amendment dated as of July 29, 2003 to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 15, 2001, as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of March 27, 2002, among The William Carter Company, Carter Holdings, Inc., Carter's de San Pedro, Inc., Carter's Imagination, Inc., the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., and Fleet National Bank.****

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Carter Holdings, Inc., The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II, dated as of December 20, 2002.*****

10.16

 

Lease Agreement dated January 27, 2003 between The William Carter Company and Eagle Trade Center, L.L.C.*

10.17

 

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated as of November 1, 1993, by and between Frederick J. Rowan, II and The William Carter Company.

10.18

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated as of October 30, 1996, by and between Frederick J. Rowan, II and The William Carter Company.

10.19

 

Trust Agreement for The Frederick J. Rowan Retirement Trust dated as of August 1, 1994, by and between The William Carter Company and Wachovia Bank of Georgia, N.A. and its successor or successors or assigns in the Trust, as trustee.

10.20

 

First Amendment to Trust Agreement for The Frederick J. Rowan Retirement Trust dated as of October 30, 1996.

10.21

 

Split Dollar Agreement dated as of September 21, 1992, by and between The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II.

21

 

Subsidiaries of Carter Holdings, Inc.**

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

23.2

 

Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5).*
     

II-4



23.3

 

Consent of Fitzgerald & Co.

23.4

 

Consent of NPD Group, Inc.

24.1

 

Power of Attorney by Messrs. Bloom, Jones, Pulver and Fulton**

24.2

 

Power of Attorney by Mr. Welch (included on page II-13).

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed

***
Incorporated by reference to The William Carter Company's Registration Statement filed on Form S-4 (No. 333-72790) on November 5, 2001.

****
Incorporated by reference to The William Carter Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 19, 2003.

*****
Incorporated by reference to The William Carter Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2003.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules. The following Report of Independent Auditors and financial statement schedule are included as part of this registration statement:

II-5



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors of
Carter Holdings, Inc.:

        Our audits of the consolidated financial statements of Carter Holdings, Inc. referred to in our report dated February 19, 2003, except for Notes 1 and 2 as to which the date is August 19, 2003 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in ITEM 16(b) of this Form S-1. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Stamford, Connecticut
February 19, 2003, except for Notes 1 and 2 as to which the date is August 19, 2003

II-6


SCHEDULE I CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
(PARENT COMPANY)


CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  December 28, 2002
  December 29, 2001
ASSETS            
  Income tax receivable   $ 623   $ 623
  Investment in Carter's at equity     178,736     157,715
   
 
      Total assets   $ 179,359   $ 158,338
   
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY            
  Preferred stock; par value $.01 per share; 100,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding at December 28, 2002 or December 29, 2001        
  Common stock, voting; par value $.01 per share; 8,000,000 shares authorized; 5,637,190 issued and outstanding at December 28, 2002; 5,583,034 shares issued and outstanding at December 29, 2001     56     56
  Additional paid-in capital     147,212     145,444
  Retained earnings     32,091     12,838
   
 
      Total stockholders' equity     179,359     158,338
   
 
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 179,359   $ 158,338
   
 

See accompanying note

II-7



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  For the year ended December 28, 2002
  For the period from August, 15
2001
through December 29,
2001

  For the period from December 31,
2000
through August 14,
2001

  For the year ended December 30, 2000
 
Interest expense   $   $   $ (1,670 ) $ (2,688 )
Loss on extinguishment of debt             (2,237 )    
Income tax benefit             1,338     896  
   
 
 
 
 
Loss before equity interest in Carter's             (2,569 )   (1,792 )
Equity in net income (loss) of Carter's     19,253     12,838     (14,428 )   14,445  
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 19,253   $ 12,838   $ (16,997 ) $ 12,653  
   
 
 
 
 
Basic net income (loss) per common share   $ 3.43   $ 2.30   $ (1.75 ) $ 1.31  
Pro forma basic net income (loss) per common share   $ 3.43   $ 2.30   $ (1.60 ) $ 1.54  
Diluted net income (loss) per common share   $ 3.27   $ 2.19   $ (1.75 ) $ 1.31  
Pro forma diluted net income (loss) per common share   $ 3.27   $ 2.19   $ (1.60 ) $ 1.54  
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding     5,613,272     5,583,034     9,688,186     9,689,877  
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding     5,886,225     5,869,725     9,688,186     9,689,877  

See accompanying note

II-8



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Successor
  Predecessor
 
 
  For the year ended
December 28,
2002

  For the
period from
August, 15
2001
through
December 29,
2001

  For the
period from
December 31,
2000
through
August 14,
2001

  For the year ended
December 30,
2000

 
Cash flows from operating activities:                          
  Net income (loss)   $ 19,253   $ 12,838   $ (16,997 ) $ 12,653  
  Loss on extinguishment of debt             2,237      
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:                          
    Equity in net (income) loss of Carter's     (21,021 )   (12,838 )   14,428     (14,445 )
    Non-cash compensation expense     768              
    Dividend received from earnings of Carter's             1,267     2,510  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs             162     254  
    Deferred tax expense                 662  
    Increase in tax receivable         (843 )   (1,338 )   (1,558 )
    (Decrease) increase in accrued interest         (700 )   301     (6 )
   
 
 
 
 
      Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (1,000 )   (1,543 )   60     70  
   
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:                          
  Payment to sellers for Acquisition         (234,236 )        
  Acquisition-related dividend from Carter's         128,559          
   
 
 
 
 
      Net cash used in investing activities         (105,677 )        
   
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                          
  Repurchase of Class C stock             (60 )   (70 )
  Proceeds from sale of stock     1,000              
  Payment of 12% Senior Subordinated Notes         (20,000 )        
  Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock         127,220          
   
 
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     1,000     107,220     (60 )   (70 )
   
 
 
 
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents                  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period                  
   
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period   $   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activity:                          
  Increase in investment in Carter's as a result of treasury shares issued to an employee   $   $   $ 60   $ 60  
   
 
 
 
 

See accompanying note

II-9



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Common stock
  Class A stock
  Class C stock
  Class C treasury stock
  Class D stock
  Additional paid-in capital
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
 
Predecessor:                                            
  Balance at January 1, 2000   $   $ 8   $ 2   $ (1,860 ) $   $ 59,990   $ (1,187 )
  Issuance of Class C Treasury Stock (1,000 shares)                       60                    
  Purchase of Class C Treasury Stock (1,169 shares)                       (70 )                  
  Net income                                         12,653  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance at December 30, 2000         8     2     (1,870 )       59,990     11,466  
  Issuance of Class C Treasury Stock (1,000 shares)                       60                    
  Purchase of Class C Treasury Stock (1,000 shares)                       (60 )                  
  Net loss                                         (16,997 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance at August 14, 2001   $   $ 8   $ 2   $ (1,870 ) $   $ 59,990   $ (5,531 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Successor:                                            
  Balance at August 15, 2001   $ 56                           $ 145,444   $  
  Net income                                         12,838  
   
                         
 
 
  Balance at December 29, 2001     56                             145,444     12,838  
  Sales and issuances of common stock (54,156 shares)                                   1,753        
  Stock compensation on stock options                                   15        
  Net income                                         19,253  
   
                         
 
 
  Balance at December 28, 2002   $ 56                           $ 147,212   $ 32,091  
   
                         
 
 

See accompanying note

II-10



CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (PARENT COMPANY)

NOTE 1—THE COMPANY:

        Carter Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings") is a holding company whose primary asset consists of an investment in 100% of the outstanding capital stock of The William Carter Company ("Carter's"). On July 12, 2001, a special purpose entity formed by Berkshire Partners LLC and affiliates ("Berkshire") entered into a stock purchase agreement with Holdings and all of Holdings' stockholders to acquire substantially all of the stock of Holdings except for some equity interests held by our management (the "Acquisition"). The Acquisition was consummated on August 15, 2001. Financing for the Acquisition and related transactions totaled $468.2 million and was provided by: $24.0 million in new revolving loan facility borrowings; $125.0 million in new term loan borrowings (both the revolving loan facility and term loan are part of a $185.0 million new senior credit facility entered into by Carter's); $173.7 million of borrowings under a new senior subordinated loan facility (issued by Carter's in connection with an August 15, 2001 private placement); and $145.5 million of capital invested by affiliates of Berkshire and other investors, which includes rollover equity by management of $18.3 million. For further information, reference should be made to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Carter Holdings, Inc. included in the accompanying prospectus.

II-11


ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

        (a)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (b)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (c)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-12




SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Atlanta, state of Georgia, on August 25, 2003.

    CARTER HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/  
FREDERICK J. ROWAN, II      
Frederick J. Rowan, II
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date
/s/  FREDERICK J. ROWAN, II      
Frederick J. Rowan, II
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  August 25, 2003

/s/  
MICHAEL D. CASEY      
Michael D. Casey

 

Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

 

August 25, 2003

*

Bradley M. Bloom

 

Director

 

August 25, 2003

*

Ross M. Jones

 

Director

 

August 25, 2003

*

David Pulver

 

Director

 

August 25, 2003

*

Paul Fulton

 

Director

 

August 25, 2003

/s/  
JOHN R. WELCH      
John R. Welch

 

Director

 

August 25, 2003

*By:

 

/s/  
MICHAEL D. CASEY      
Attorney in fact

 

 

        My signature below constitutes and appoints each of Frederick J. Rowan, II and Michael D. Casey, jointly and severally, my true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for me and in my name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and further amendments (including post-effective amendments and a registration statement registering additional securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as I might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

/s/  JOHN R. WELCH      
John R. Welch
   

II-13



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number
  Description of Exhibits
1   Form of Underwriting Agreement among Carter's, Inc., the underwriters named therein and the selling stockholders named therein.*

2.1

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 12, 2001 by and among Carter Holdings, Inc., the stockholders of Carter Holdings, Inc. and CH Acquisitions LLC.***

2.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 15, 2001, by and among CH Acquisitions LLC and the Management Stockholders.***

3.1

 

Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Carter's, Inc.*

3.2

 

Form of By-laws of Carter's, Inc.*

4.1

 

Specimen Certificate of Common Stock.*

4.2

 

Indenture dated as of August 15, 2001 among The William Carter Company, Carter's de San Pedro, Inc., Carter's Imagination, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee.***

5

 

Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP.*

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Carter Holdings, Inc., The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II, dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The William Carter Company and Joseph Pacifico, dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.3

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The William Carter Company and Charles E. Whetzel, Jr., dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.4

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The William Carter Company and David A. Brown, dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between The William Carter Company and Michael D. Casey, dated as of August 15, 2001.***

10.6

 

2001 Equity Incentive Plan.**

10.7

 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2001, by and among CH Acquisitions LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Fleet Securities, Inc. and BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and joined as of the Closing Date by The William Carter Company and Carter's de San Pedro, Inc. and Carter's Imagination, Inc. with respect to the $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011.***

10.8

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 15, 2001 among The William Carter Company, as Borrower, Carter Holdings, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of The William Carter Company, as Guarantors, various lenders, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Lead Arranger and Syndication Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and BNP Paribas, as Documentation Agent.***
     


10.9

 

Amendment No. 1 of Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 27, 2002 among The William Carter Company, as Borrower, Carter Holdings, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of The William Carter Company, as Guarantors, various lenders, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Lead Arranger and Syndication Agent, Fleet National Bank, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and BNP Paribas, as Documentation Agent.**

10.10

 

Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated August 15, 2001 between The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II.***

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement dated August 15, 2001 between The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II.***

10.12

 

Lease Agreement dated February 16, 2001 between The William Carter Company and Proscenium, L.L.C.***

10.13

 

Stockholders Agreement dated as of August 15, 2001 among Carter Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders of Carter Holdings, Inc., as amended.**

10.14

 

Second Amendment dated as of July 29, 2003 to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 15, 2001, as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of March 27, 2002, among The William Carter Company, Carter Holdings, Inc., Carter's de San Pedro, Inc., Carter's Imagination, Inc., the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., and Fleet National Bank.****

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Carter Holdings, Inc., The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II, dated as of December 20, 2002.*****

10.16

 

Lease Agreement dated January 27, 2003 between The William Carter Company and Eagle Trade Center, L.L.C.*

10.17

 

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated as of November 1, 1993, by and between Frederick J. Rowan, II and The William Carter Company.

10.18

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated as of October 30, 1996, by and between Frederick J. Rowan, II and The William Carter Company.

10.19

 

Trust Agreement for The Frederick J. Rowan Retirement Trust dated as of August 1, 1994, by and between The William Carter Company and Wachovia Bank of Georgia, N.A. and its successor or successors or assigns in the Trust, as trustee.

10.20

 

First Amendment to Trust Agreement for The Frederick J. Rowan Retirement Trust dated as of October 30, 1996.

10.21

 

Split Dollar Agreement dated as of September 21, 1992, by and between The William Carter Company and Frederick J. Rowan, II.

21

 

Subsidiaries of Carter Holdings, Inc.**

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

23.2

 

Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5).*

23.3

 

Consent of Fitzgerald & Co.

23.4

 

Consent of NPD Group, Inc.

24.1

 

Power of Attorney by Messrs. Bloom, Jones, Pulver and Fulton**

24.2

 

Power of Attorney by Mr. Welch (included on page II-13).

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed

***
Incorporated by reference to The William Carter Company's Registration Statement filed on Form S-4 (No. 333-72790) on November 5, 2001.

****
Incorporated by reference to The William Carter Company's Quarterly Report on Form-10-Q filed on August 19, 2003.

*****
Incorporated by reference to The William Carter Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2003.



QuickLinks

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Our Competitive Strengths
Our Growth Strategy
General
Risk Factors
This Offering
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF OUR INDEBTEDNESS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
Paid by Carter's
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (dollars in thousands)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (dollars in thousands)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (dollars in thousands) (unaudited)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (dollars in thousands) (unaudited)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (dollars in thousands)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (dollars in thousands)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (dollars in thousands)
CARTER HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (PARENT COMPANY)
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                   SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

          This Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement
(this "Agreement") is made as of November 1, 1993 between Frederick J. Rowan, II
("Executive") and The William Carter Company, a Massachusetts corporation. Upon
its execution and delivery by the parties hereto, this Agreement amends and
restates in its entirety the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement made
April 28, 1992 between Executive and the Company (the "Prior Agreement").

          This Agreement is being effected simultaneously with an amendment to
the employment agreement dated as of April 28, 1992 among Carter Holdings Corp.,
a Massachusetts corporation ("Holdings"), the Company, and Executive (as
amended, the "Employment Agreement"). Certain capitalized terms used in this
Agreement are defined in paragraph 24 hereof.

          The parties hereto agree as follows:

          1.   EFFECTIVE DATE. This Agreement is deemed to be effective as of
April 1, 1992 (the "Effective Date").

          2.   AMOUNT OF BASIC BENEFIT. Executive's accrued benefit pursuant to
this Agreement shall be (a) plus (b) minus (c), where (a), (b) and (c) are as
follows:

          (a)  28.75 percent of Executive's "average annual salary" (as defined
below) up to "covered compensation" (as defined below);

          (b)  45 percent of Executive's average annual salary in excess of
covered compensation; and

          (c)  all other qualified and non-qualified retirement benefits payable
to or with respect to Executive under any plan, program, policy or arrangement
of Holdings or the Company (whether heretofore or hereafter established),
estimated Primary Social Security benefits (as defined below), and all qualified
and non-qualified retirement benefits payable to or with respect to Executive
under any plan, program, policy or arrangement of any former employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive's benefits pursuant to this Agreement
shall not be reduced by his benefits, if any, under the Company's Retirement
Savings Plan, the VF Corporation Tax-Advantaged Savings Plan, or any other
similar savings or thrift plan of Holdings, the Company, VF Corporation or any
other



former employer. At the Company's request, the Executive shall provide the
Company in writing with a true, complete and accurate accounting of all benefits
cdescribed in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph 2 to which he is then entitled
or is reasonably expected to be entitled in the future on account of his prior
employment with any former employer.

          3.   AVERAGE ANNUAL SALARY. For purposes of computing the Executive's
benefits hereunder, his "average annual salary" shall mean the average of his
annual Base Salary plus annual awards to the Executive under the Company's
Annual Incentive Plan from the Company for the 36 consecutive calendar months
during which his compensation is the highest in the 60-calendar month period
ending on the date his employment with the Company terminates (or, if employed
by the Company for fewer than 60 months, the average for the 36 consecutive
calendar months during which his compensation is the highest in his full period
of employment with the Company). If the Executive's period of employment with
the Company is less than 36 months, Executive's average annual salary shall be
based on his full period of employment with the Company. Notwithstanding the
foregoing or anything in this Agreement to the contrary, average annual salary
shall include amounts, if any, the Executive elects to defer as salary deferral
contributions to the Company's Retirement Savings Plan but shall exclude:

          (a)  severance pay;

          (b)  any noncash compensation, including any amounts contributed by
the Company for the Executive's benefit under any profit sharing (other than the
Company's Retirement Savings Plan), pension, stock bonus or other retirement or
benefit plan maintained by the Company (including the contributions contemplated
by this Agreement);

          (c)  any reimbursements for travel expenses, relocation allowances,
housing allowances, educational assistance allowances, or other special
allowances and awards;

          (d)  any country club and other similar dues paid on behalf of
Executive (or amounts paid to the Executive for payment of any such dues);

          (e)  any income realized for federal income tax purposes as a result
of (i) group life insurance, (ii) the grant or exercise of an option or options
to acquire shares of stock of the Company or an affiliated company, the receipt
of a cash appreciation payment in lieu of the exercise of such an option or
options, the disposition of shares acquired on exercise of such an option, (iii)
the transfer of restricted shares of stock or restricted property of the Company
or any affiliated company, or

                                       -2-


the removal of any such restrictions, or (iv) any other Company fringe benefits;

          (f)  payment for unused accrued vacation;

          (g)  any special bonuses, including but not limited to, all amounts
paid or payable to Executive pursuant to paragraph 21 hereof (whether paid by
the Company, the Trust or otherwise) and any bonus paid to Executive on account
of his accepting employment with the Company; and

          (h)  any compensation paid or payable to the Executive, or to any
governmental body or agency on account of the Executive, under the terms of any
state or federal law requiring the payment of such compensation because of the
Executive's voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company.

          4.   COVERED COMPENSATION. For purposes of computing the Executive's
benefits hereunder, "covered compensation" shall mean, with respect to the
Executive, the average of the taxable wage bases in effect (under Section 230 of
the Social Security Act) for each calendar year during the 35-year period ending
with the year in which the Executive attains (or will attain) his Social
Security retirement age. In determining the Executive's covered compensation for
a year, the taxable wage base for all calendar years beginning after such year
is assumed to be the same as the taxable wage base in effect for that year. The
Executive's "Social Security retirement age" means the age used as his
retirement age under Section 216(1) of the Social Security Act (provided,
however, such section shall be applied without regard to the age increase factor
and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(1)(2) of such Act were 62
years).

          5.   ESTIMATED PRIMARY SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFIT. The term "Primary
Social Security Benefit" means:

          (a)  If the Executive retires on his normal or late retirement date,
the estimated "Primary Insurance Amount" payable to him as of the date he first
would be entitled to receive unreduced Primary Insurance Amounts under the
Social Security Act as in effect on his retirement date, determined upon the
assumption that he would not receive any "wages" for purposes of the Social
Security Act after his retirement date.

          (b)  If the Executive retires or terminates employment with the
Company prior to his normal retirement date, the estimated Primary Insurance
Amount payable to him as of the date he first would be entitled to receive
unreduced Primary Insurance Amounts under the Social Security Act as in effect
as of his employment termination date, but determined upon the assumptions that
he would have continued in covered employment for purposes

                                       -3-


of such Act until the date he first would be entitled to receive such unreduced
Primary Insurance Amounts and that his "wages" for purposes of the Social
Security Act would have continued until such date at the same rate as his
"wages" for the calendar year ending coincident with or next preceding the
calendar year in which his termination of employment occurs.

          The Executive's estimated Primary Insurance Amount for purposes of
this Agreement shall be determined pursuant to a table prepared by the Company
for this purpose, which table shall reasonably reflect the Executive's estimated
monthly Primary Insurance Amount for purposes of this Agreement as of his
retirement date or employment termination date on the basis of his estimated
"average monthly wage at age 65" (which average monthly wage at age 65 shall be
based upon the Executive's "wages" for the calendar year ending coincident with
or next preceding the calendar year in which his termination of employment
occurs, the assumption that the Executive's "wages" for prior calendar years had
increased at the rate of increase in the "Average Per Worker Total Wages"
reported by the Social Security Administration and the assumption, to the extent
appropriate, that the Executive's "wages" for subsequent calendar years equal
his "wages" for such calendar year ending coincident with or next preceding the
calendar year in which his retirement date or termination of employment occurs).
For purposes of this Agreement, "Primary Insurance Amount," "wages," and
"average monthly wage at age 65" have the respective meanings set forth in the
Social Security Act.

          6.   MAXIMUM BENEFIT. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to
the contrary, in no event shall Executive's basic annual benefit (computed by
adding the amounts described in subparagraphs 2(a) and 2(b) and before applying
any offsets described in subparagraph 2(c) or any proration for termination of
employment before age 65 or early retirement reductions described in paragraph
13 below) under any form of payment elected by Executive (or his surviving
spouse) exceed the Maximum Benefit permitted to be paid under such form of
payment.

          7.   VESTING. Subject to the conditions below and in Executive's
Employment Agreement, Executive shall be fully vested in all benefits pursuant
to this Agreement upon his completion of three full "years of service" (as
defined below) with the Company. In addition, Executive shall be fully vested in
such benefits upon (a) his death, termination of employment by the Company by
reason of Executive's Disability, or his termination of employment by the
Company Without Cause, (b) his termination of employment with the Company within
36 months after a Change of Control for reason other than Retirement, or
termination by the Company for Cause, or (c) Executive's resignation from the
employ of the Company for Good Reason within 36 months after a Change of
Control. Prior to Executive's

                                       -4-


completion of three full years of service with the Company or the occurrence of
an event described in the preceding sentence, Executive shall not be vested in
any portion of his benefits hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything
in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive's employment with the Company is
terminated for Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement except that clause
(d) of that definition shall not apply), Executive shall forfeit all rights to
any benefits hereunder (regardless of whether at the time of such termination
Executive had completed three full years of service with the Company), and
neither Executive nor any beneficiary of Executive shall be entitled to any
benefits pursuant to this Agreement.

          8.   YEAR OF SERVICE. Executive shall be credited with one "year of
service" with the Company for each twelve-consecutive-month period he is
employed by the Company ending on the anniversary of his date of hire by the
Company (and such additional service credit as is provided for in the Employment
Agreement).

          9.   NORMAL RETIREMENT. Executive's "normal retirement date" shall be
the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the date
the Executive attains age 65 years.

          10.  EARLY RETIREMENT DATE. Executive's "early retirement date" shall
be the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the
date of his retirement from the employ of the Company before his normal
retirement date but after he has attained age 60 years.

          11.  LATE RETIREMENT DATE. Executive's "late retirement date" shall be
the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the date
of his retirement from the employ of the Company after his normal retirement
date.

          12.  RETIREMENT DATE. Reference herein to the Executive's "retirement
date" shall mean his early retirement date, normal retirement date, or late
retirement date, whichever applies.

          13.  EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFITS.

          (a)  If Executive's employment with the Company terminates prior to
his attainment of age 65 years (including due to his death), his retirement
benefits (if any) prior to reduction by amounts, if any, described in
subparagraph 2(c) above shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be 26 minus the number of full years until the Executive would
attain (or would have attained, in the case of his death) age 65 years and the
denominator of which shall be 25; PROVIDED, that in no event shall the foregoing
fraction exceed 1; and,

                                       -5-


PROVIDED, FURTHER, that in the event the Company terminates Executive within 36
months after a Change of Control occurs (unless such termination is due to
Executive's death or Retirement, or Executive's termination for Cause or
Disability) or Executive resigns for Good Reason within 36 months after a Change
of Control occurs, then the Executive's retirement benefits (before reduction
for amounts described in paragraph 2 (c) above) will be multiplied by the
greater of (i) the fraction determined in accordance with the method specified
above, and (ii) 21/25ths. After application of the foregoing fraction, the
Executive's benefits shall be reduced by the amounts, if any, described in
subparagraph 2(c) above.

          (b)  In the event that Executive's benefits commence prior to his
attainment of age 65 years, his retirement benefits hereunder (as prorated in
accordance with the foregoing and reduced by amounts, if any, described in
subparagraph 2(c)) shall be reduced by 0.667 percent for each of the first 36
months and 0.333 percent for each of the next 24 months that benefits commence
before age 65 years.

          14.  DISABILITY. If the Executive's employment with the Company
terminates by reason of his Disability, Executive shall be fully vested in his
benefits hereunder and may elect to commence receipt of such benefits as of any
date on or after the later of the date his employment terminates by reason of
his Disability or the date he attains age 60 years. Any benefits payable
pursuant to this paragraph shall be prorated and, to the extent benefit payments
commence before Executive attains age 65 years, reduced in the same manner as
early retirement benefits described in paragraph 13 above.

          15.  LATE RETIREMENT. If the Executive's employment with the Company
terminates after his attainment of age 65 years, the Executive's benefits, if
any, pursuant to this Agreement shall not be actuarially increased to account
for receipt after his normal retirement date.

          16.  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. Prior to commencement of the Executive's
benefit, the Executive's beneficiary for all benefits, if any, payable hereunder
upon his death shall be his surviving spouse, if any. If Executive is not
married as of the date of his death, and he dies prior to the commencement of
his benefits hereunder, no death or survivor benefits shall be paid to any other
beneficiary (including Executive's estate). On and after commencement of
Executive's benefit, any death benefit payable shall be determined based on the
form of payment under which the benefit is being paid. With respect to the
optional forms of payment under subparagraphs 18(a), (b) and (c), the Executive
may designate a beneficiary (or beneficiaries) other than his spouse at the time
(but not later than the time) that benefits commence. Notwithstanding anything
in this Agreement to

                                       -6-


the contrary, the Executive shall not be permitted to change his beneficiary
designation after commencement of his benefits hereunder if such benefits are
paid in an optional form described in subparagraphs 18(a) or (b). With respect
to any joint and survivor form of benefit payment described in paragraph 18, if
the Executive's beneficiary predeceases him after commencement of the
Executive's benefits, the monthly amount payable to the Executive shall not be
recalculated and no benefits shall be payable to any other beneficiary
(including Executive's estate) upon the Executive's death; provided, however,
that to the extent the Executive names more than one beneficiary and one or
more, but not all, of such beneficiaries predeceases the Executive after
commencement of the Executive's benefits, the monthly amount, if any, payable
after the Executive's death to any surviving beneficiary shall not be
recalculated. With respect to any payments made in the form of a ten-year
certain benefit described in subparagraph 18(c), (i) if the Executive's
beneficiary predeceases him after commencement of the Executive's benefits, the
Executive may name another beneficiary or beneficiaries, as his designated
beneficiary, and (ii) if the Executive dies after commencement of his benefits
in the form of a ten-year certain option but prior to the expiration of the
120-month payment period, benefit payments commence to his designated
beneficiary, and such beneficiary also dies prior to the expiration of such
120-month period, the balance of any remaining payments shall be made to the
deceased beneficiary's estate.

          17.  AUTOMATIC FORM OF BENEFIT PAYMENT. Executive's benefits shall
automatically be paid in the form of a life annuity (if, at the time Executive
commences receipt of benefits, Executive is not married) or a 50-percent joint
and survivor annuity (if, at the time Executive commences receipt of benefits,
Executive is married); PROVIDED that in each case the automatic form of benefit
shall be actuarially equivalent to the Standard Form of Payment. For purposes of
this Agreement, "life annuity" shall mean equal monthly payments to the
Executive commencing on Executive's retirement date and continuing for the
remainder of his life, and "50-percent joint and survivor annuity" shall mean a
monthly benefit payable to the Executive commencing on his retirement date for
his life, with 50 percent of such monthly benefit payable to his surviving
spouse for the remainder of her life; PROVIDED, that if Executive dies prior to
commencement of benefits hereunder, his surviving spouse's monthly benefit will
commence at the time Executive would have achieved age 65 years had he survived
and will be equal to fifty percent (50%) of the monthly benefit that Executive
would have received if he were deemed to have terminated his employment with the
Company as of the date of his death and commenced receipt of his benefits (in
the form of a 50-percent joint and survivor annuity) at Executive's normal
retirement date. For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive's "surviving
spouse" shall be his spouse

                                       -7-


at the time of his death; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if Executive commences receipt
of benefits prior to his death, such person shall be deemed to be Executive's
"surviving spouse" only if Executive was married to such spouse as of the date
his benefits commenced pursuant to this Agreement.

          18.  OPTIONAL FORMS OF BENEFIT PAYMENT. In lieu of the automatic forms
of benefit payment, the Executive may elect to receive his benefits in any one
of the following forms, subject to the conditions of this Agreement (all of
which shall be actuarially equivalent to the Standard Form of Payment):

          (a)  66-2/3-PERCENT JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. An actuarially reduced
monthly benefit payable to the Executive during his life, with 66-2/3 percent of
such reduced monthly benefit payable to his beneficiary for the remainder of
his/her life.

          (b)  100-PERCENT JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. An actuarially reduced
monthly benefit payable to the Executive during his life, with 100 percent of
such reduced monthly benefit payable to his beneficiary for the remainder of
his/her life.

          (c)  TEN-YEAR CERTAIN OPTION. An actuarially reduced monthly benefit
payable to the Executive during his life and, if the Executive dies before
payments have been made over 120 months, a continuing monthly payment of the
same amount shall be payable to the Executive's beneficiary for the balance of
such 120-month period.

          (d)  LUMP SUM. If Executive resigns from the employ of the Company for
Good Reason within 36 months after a Change of Control or dies while still
employed by the Company, Executive (or his spouse as of his death, as
applicable) may elect to receive his benefits hereunder in the form of the lump
sum actuarially equivalent value of his monthly benefits (payable at the
Executive's normal retirement date) as soon as reasonably practicable after
Executive's termination of employment or death.

          18A. EARLY COMMENCEMENT OF SURVIVOR BENEFIT. If Executive dies before
commencement of benefits hereunder (and his surviving spouse, if any, does not,
or is not entitled to, elect to receive a lump sum payment pursuant to paragraph
18(d) above), Executive's surviving spouse may elect to commence receipt of the
benefit otherwise payable under paragraph 17 at any time after Executive's
death. The amount of such monthly benefit will be reduced in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 13(b) to the extent that such benefits commence prior to
date that Executive would have attained age 65 years had he survived (and if
such monthly benefits are to commence prior to that date that Executive would
have attained the age of 60 years had he survived, then, after giving effect to
the maximum reduction

                                       -8-


provided for in paragraph 13(b), the amount of such monthly benefit will be
further reduced to the actuarial equivalent (as determined in accordance with
paragraph 19) of the benefit that would be payable if such monthly benefits had
commenced on the date that Executive would have attained age 60 years).

          19.  ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENCE. A benefit shall be actuarially equivalent
to any other benefit if the actuarial reserve required to provide such benefit
is equal to the actuarial reserve required to provide such other benefits,
computed on the basis of the actuarial rates, tables and procedures as follows:

          (a)  An interest rate of eight percent per annum shall be used in
determining actuarial equivalence for any optional form of benefit and for
purposes of computing the amount of any lump sum payment.

          (b)  Actuarial equivalence shall be based on the 1975 Basic and
Ultimate Mortality Table.

          20.  FACILITY OF PAYMENT. If the Executive or his beneficiary is
entitled to payments pursuant to this Agreement and it has been determined by a
judicial forum with appropriate jurisdiction that such person is legally
incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the
Company shall make payments to the Executive's or beneficiary's legal
representative. Any payment made in accordance with the preceding sentence shall
be a full and complete discharge of any liability for such payments hereunder.

          21.  REIMBURSEMENT OF INCOME TAXES. After the end of each of the
Trust's taxable years, beginning with the Trust's taxable year in which the
Executive becomes vested in the benefits provided pursuant to this Agreement and
ending with the Trust's taxable year which includes the Commencement Date, the
Company shall direct the trustee of the Trust to distribute to the Executive
from assets of the Trust an amount equal to the Executive's Income Tax Cost with
respect to such Trust taxable year. Each such distribution shall be made within
5 business days after the end of the relevant Trust taxable year.

          22.  ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST. The parties hereto agree that as soon as
reasonably practicable, the Company shall establish a trust for the purpose of
holding assets to be used in paying benefits established pursuant to this
Agreement (the "Trust") by executing the trust agreement attached as Exhibit C
to the Employment Agreement. The Company shall make annual cash contributions to
the Trust on or before December 31 of each calendar year with the last
contribution to be made to the Trust on or before December 31, 1999, subject to
the conditions of this paragraph 22. The amount of each such annual contribution
shall

                                       -9-


be actuarially determined by the Company in its sole discretion, taking into
account the actuarial present value (computed using the assumptions set forth in
paragraph 19) as of the date of contribution of the Executive's projected normal
retirement benefit at age 65 (i.e., assuming that Executive would have become
fully vested in all benefits accrued under this Agreement and his employment
with the Company would not have terminated prior to his attaining age 65), if
any, hereunder, the market value of assets, if any, in the Trust as of such
date, the actual rate of return on assets in the Trust up to such date and the
projected future cost of the Company's obligations under paragraph 21 (assuming
the Commencement Date is Executive's normal retirement date) based on the
prevailing income tax rates. The Company may employ actuaries or other
consultants to compute the amount of any such annual contribution. To the extent
the Company (or its actuaries or consultants) determines that in any calendar
year in which the Company would otherwise be required to make a contribution to
the Trust, actuarially no contribution is required, the Company shall not be
required to make any contribution to the Trust for such year. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall contribute
to the Trust on the closing date of such Change of Control transaction the
amount in cash that as of such date, when combined with the total assets that
have been contributed to the Trust as of such date (plus earnings thereon),
equals the then present value (computed using the assumptions set forth in
paragraph 19) of the Executive's projected early retirement benefit at age 60,
or his actual age, if greater (i.e., assuming that Executive would have become
fully vested in all benefits accrued under this Agreement and his employment
with the Company would have terminated upon his attaining age 60, or his actual
termination date, if later) and the projected future cost of the Company's
obligations under paragraph 21 (assuming the Commencement Date is Executive's
normal retirement date) based on the prevailing income tax rates, and the
Company shall have no further obligation to make contributions to the Trust
under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary, (i) the Company may, upon written notice to the trustee of the Trust
that all amounts payable to or with respect to the Executive under this
Agreement have been fully paid or otherwise provided for, require the trustee to
return all residual assets of the Trust to the Company, and (ii) the Company may
at any time direct the trustee to return to the Company the amount of actuarial
overfunding in the Trust (regardless of whether the Executive is then entitled
to commence receipt of benefits under this Agreement), the amount of such
overfunding to be determined by the Company.

          23.  WITHHOLDING FOR TAXES. Notwithstanding any provision in this
Agreement to the contrary, the Company may withhold from any payment made by it
under this Agreement such amount or amounts as may be required for purposes of
complying

                                      -10-


with the tax withholding provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or any state's
income tax act or for purposes of paying any estate, inheritance or other tax
attributable to any amounts payable hereunder.

          24.  CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS.

          (a)  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings ascribed to them below:

          "AFTER-TAX BENEFIT" means, with respect to any amount to be paid to
Executive, the amount to be paid to the Executive less the Tax Cost of such
payment.

          "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "COMMENCEMENT DATE" means the earlier of (i) the date that payment of
benefits provided for in this Agreement (excluding those described in paragraph
21 hereof) commence and (ii) Executive's normal retirement date.

          "COMPANY" means The William Carter Company and any successor by reason
of merger, consolidation, the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company or otherwise.

          "FUNDED VESTED BENEFIT" means the lesser of (x) the actuarial present
value of the vested accrued benefits provided to the Executive under this
Agreement (as determined by utilizing the actuarial assumptions set forth in
paragraph 19) or (y) the aggregate fair market value of the assets of the Trust.
For this purpose, the fair market value of any life insurance policy owned by
the Trust shall equal the cash value of the policy.

          "INCOME TAX COST" means the aggregate amount of all federal, state and
local income taxes payable by Executive on any amount included in the taxable
income of Executive pursuant to Section 402(b)(4) of the Code and any
corresponding provisions of state or local tax law (assuming that such taxable
income would be taxed at the highest marginal federal, state and local income
tax rates for ordinary income in effect for the relevant tax year) and any
related "payroll" taxes, as determined by the Company in good faith. The Company
and Executive currently anticipate, based on existing IRS guidance, that the
taxable amount will equal the sum of (x) the increase during the Trust taxable
year of the Funded Vested Benefit and (y) any amounts distributed to Executive
during the Trust taxable year.

          "INSOLVENCY EVENT" means (i) the entry by a court having jurisdiction
over the matter of an order or decree for relief in respect of the Company in
any involuntary case under federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws, of an
order or

                                      -11-


decree appointing a receiver, liquidator, custodian or trustee for the Company
or for all or substantially all of its assets or of an order or decree of
liquidation of the Company, which order or decree remains unstayed and in effect
for a period of 60 consecutive days, or (ii) the commencement by the Company of
a voluntary case under federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws or the
consent by the Company to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, custodian
or trustee for the Company or for all or substantially all of its assets, or a
voluntary liquidation by the Company or a voluntary assignment by the Company of
all or substantially all of its assets for the benefit of its creditors.

          "MAXIMUM BENEFIT" means that annual amount distributed by the Trust to
Executive after commencement of benefits under this Agreement which will yield
an annual After-Tax Benefit that is equal to the After-Tax Benefit that would be
realized by Executive if the Company were to pay Executive a fully-taxable
benefit of $385,000 a year during the same period in the Standard Form of
Payment. The Maximum Benefit payable under any other form of payment (or with
respect to any other beneficiary or beneficiaries) will be the amount which is
actuarially equivalent (determined based on the provisions of paragraph 19) to
the Maximum Benefit payable under the Form of Payment.

          "STANDARD FORM OF PAYMENT" means the payments payable under a 50%
joint and survivor annuity based on (i) the life expectancies of Executive and
his spouse as of the date of this Agreement and (ii) the assumption that
Executive is continuously employed by the Company through his normal retirement
age and commences receipt of benefits at his normal retirement age.

          "TAX COST" means, with respect to any amount received (or to be
received) by Executive in any taxable year, the aggregate amount of all foreign,
federal, state and local income taxes and any related "payroll" taxes that would
be payable by Executive as a result of his receipt of such amount (assuming that
such amount (or the portion of the amount received that is taxable) would be
taxed at the highest applicable marginal foreign, federal, state and local
income tax rates for ordinary income in effect at the time specified in the
following sentence). For purposes of calculating the applicable Maximum Amount
to determine the amount of any contribution to be made to the Trust under
paragraph 22, the relevant Tax Cost shall be determined using income tax rates
in effect at the time of (or for the period covered by) the payment; for
purposes of determining the Maximum Amount in order to give effect to the
limitation expressed in paragraph 6, the relevant Tax Cost shall be determined
using the income tax rates in effect on the Commencement Date.

                                      -12-


          (b)  As used in this Agreement, the terms "Annual Incentive Plan,"
"Base Salary," "Cause," "Change of Control," "Disability," "Good Reason,"
"Retirement" and "Without Cause" shall have the meanings given such terms in the
Employment Agreement.

          25.  EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. This Agreement is not a contract of
employment. Any right of the Executive to employment with the Company is set
forth in the Employment Agreement.

          26.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. To the extent permitted by law, no
person (including Holdings, the Company, the respective Boards of Directors of
Holdings and the Company, any present or former member of the foregoing Boards,
and any present or former officer or employee of Holdings or the Company) shall
be personally liable for any act done or omitted to be done in good faith in the
administration of this Agreement and the computation and payment of benefits
pursuant hereto.

          27.  CONTROLLING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed
in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Connecticut, without giving
effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the
State of Connecticut or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application
of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Connecticut.

          28.  ACTION BY THE COMPANY. Any action required of or permitted by the
Company under this Agreement shall be by resolution of the Board of Directors of
the Company or any person or persons authorized by resolution of the Board of
Directors of the Company.

          29.  ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties, their legal representatives, successors and assigns, and
all persons entitled to benefits hereunder. All rights and benefits pursuant to
this Agreement are personal to the Executive and neither this Agreement nor
right or interest of the Executive, his beneficiary, or any other person arising
under this Agreement is subject to voluntary or involuntary alienation, sale,
transfer, or assignment.

          30.  NOTICES. Any notice given in connection with this Agreement shall
be in writing and shall be delivered in person or by registered mail, return
receipt requested. Any notice given by registered mail shall be deemed to have
been given upon the date of delivery indicated on the registered mail return
receipt, if correctly addressed.

                                      -13-


          31.  NOTICE TO TRUSTEE. The Company shall immediately provide written
notice to the trustee of the Trust upon the occurrence of an Insolvency Event or
a Change of Control.

          32.  AMENDMENT AND WAIVER. The provisions of this Agreement may be
amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the
Executive, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the
provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or
enforceability of this Agreement.

          33.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, those documents expressly
referred herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete
agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any
prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties,
written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

          34.  SEVERABILITY. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement
will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable
law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any
jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect
any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be
reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.


                  [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
                            [SINGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

                                      -14-


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first written above.

                                                     THE WILLIAM CARTER COMPANY


                                                     By /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                       -------------------------
                                                     Its Chairman
                                                        ------------------------


                                                     /s/ Frederick J. Rowan
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     FREDERICK J. ROWAN, II

                                      -15-



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                   SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

     This Amendment ("Amendment") is made this 30 day of October, 1996, by and
between Frederick J. Rowan, II ("Executive") and The William Carter Company, a
Massachusetts corporation ("Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, Executive and Company entered into an Amended and Restated
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement ("Agreement") as of November 1,
1993; and

     WHEREAS, in connection with the pending acquisition of the Company (and/or
Carter Holdings Corp. ("Holdings")), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of
Merger dated as of September 18, 1996, by and between TWCC Acquisition
Corporation and The William Carter Company ("Merger"), the parties have agreed
to amend the Agreement to delete all provisions relating to (i) a current or
future Change of Control, or (ii) forfeiture of benefits upon a termination for
Cause;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises
and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Agreement is hereby
amended as follows, effective as of the day and year first written above.

          1.   DEFINITIONS. Unless expressly defined in this Amendment, the
capitalized terms used herein have the definitions attributed to them in the
Agreement, and the definitions of those terms in the Agreement are incorporated
herein by reference.

          2.   NO CHANGE OF CONTROL. The parties hereto expressly agree that the
acquisition of the Company and/or Holdings to be effected pursuant to the Merger
will not trigger any additional rights, vesting, benefits, or funding under the
Agreement or under the related Trust Agreement dated as of August 1, 1994, by
and between the Company and Wachovia Bank of Georgia, N.A. ("Trust Agreement"),
notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement or the Trust Agreement to the
contrary.

          3.   VESTING. Section 7 of the Agreement is amended to delete all
references to a Change of Control and to termination for Cause. Section 7, as
amended, shall read as follows:

               7.   VESTING. Subject to the conditions below and in Executive's
               Employment Agreement, Executive shall be fully vested in all
               benefits pursuant to this Agreement upon his completion of three
               full "years of service" (as defined below) with the Company. In
               addition, Executive shall be fully vested in such benefits upon
               his death, termination of employment



               by the Company by reason of Executive's Disability, or his
               termination of employment by the Company Without Cause. Prior to
               Executive's completion of three full years of service with the
               Company or the occurrence of an event described in the preceding
               sentence, Executive shall not be vested in any portion of his
               benefits hereunder.

          4.   EARLY RETIREMENT. Section 13(a) of the Agreement, relating to
early retirement benefits, is amended to delete the special Change in Control
provisions. Section 13(a), as amended, shall read as follows:

               (a)  If Executive's employment with the Company terminates prior
               to his attainment of age 65 years (including due to his death),
               his retirement benefits (if any) prior to reduction by amounts,
               if any, described in subparagraph 2(c) above shall be multiplied
               by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be 26 minus the
               number of full years until the Executive would attain (or would
               have attained, in the case of his death) age 65 years and the
               denominator of which shall be 25; PROVIDED, that in no event
               shall the foregoing fraction exceed 1. After application of the
               foregoing fraction, the Executive's benefits shall be reduced by
               the amounts, if any, described in subparagraph 2(c) above.

          5.   LUMP SUM. Section 17(d) of the Agreement is amended to delete the
Change of Control provisions. Section 17(d), as amended, shall read as follows:

               (d)  LUMP SUM. If Executive dies while still employed by the
               Company, his spouse as of his death may elect to receive his
               benefits hereunder in the form of the lump sum actuarially
               equivalent value of his monthly benefits (payable at the
               Executive's normal retirement date) as soon as reasonably
               practicable after Executive's death.

          6.   TRUST FUNDING. Section 22 of the Agreement is amended to delete
the Change of Control provisions. Section 22, as amended, shall read as follows:

               22.  ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST. The parties hereto agree that as
soon as reasonably practicable, the Company shall establish a trust for the
purpose of holding assets to be used in paying benefits established pursuant to
this Agreement (the "Trust") by executing the trust agreement attached as
Exhibit C to the Employment Agreement. The Company shall make annual cash
contributions to the Trust on or before December 31 of each calendar year with
the last contribution to be made to the Trust on or before December 31, 1999,
subject to the conditions of this paragraph 22. The amount of each such annual
contribution shall be actuarially determined by the Company in its sole
discretion, taking into account the actuarial present value (computed using the
assumptions set forth in paragraph 19) as of the date of contribution of the
Executive's projected normal retirement benefit at age 65 (i.e., assuming that
Executive would have become fully vested in all benefits accrued under this
Agreement and his employment with the Company would not have terminated prior to
his attaining age 65), if any, hereunder, the market value of assets, if any, in
the Trust as of such date, the actual rate of return on assets in the Trust up
to

                                        2


such date and the projected future cost of the Company's obligations under
paragraph 21 (assuming the Commencement Date is Executive's normal retirement
date) based on the prevailing income tax rates. The Company may employ actuaries
or other consultants to compute the amount of any such annual contribution. To
the extent the Company (or its actuaries or consultants) determines that in any
calendar year in which the Company would otherwise be required to make a
contribution to the Trust, actuarially no contribution is required, the Company
shall not be required to make any contribution to the Trust for such year.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Company may,
upon written notice to the trustee of the Trust that all amounts payable to or
with respect to the Executive under this Agreement have been fully paid or
otherwise provided for, require the trustee to return all residual assets of the
Trust to the Company, and (ii) the Company may at any time direct the trustee to
return to the Company the amount of actuarial overfunding in the Trust
(regardless of whether the Executive is then entitled to commence receipt of
benefits under this Agreement), the amount of such overfunding to be determined
by the Company.

     7.   TRUSTEE NOTICE. Section 31 of the Agreement is amended to delete any
reference to a Change of Control, Section 31, as amended, shall read as follows:

          31.  NOTICE TO TRUSTEE. The Company shall immediately provide written
               notice to the trustee of the Trust upon the occurrence of an
               Insolvency Event.

     8.   CONTINUED EFFECTIVENESS. Except as amended by this Amendment, the
Agreement continues in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment effective as
of the day and year first written above.

                                           THE WILLIAM CARTER COMPANY


                                           By:    /s/ David A. Brown
                                                  ------------------------------

                                           Its:   Sr. VP - Secretary
                                                  ------------------------------


                                           EXECUTIVE:

                                           /s/ Frederick J. Rowan, II
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           FREDERICK J. ROWAN, II

                                        3



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19

                               TRUST AGREEMENT FOR
                     THE FREDERICK J. ROWAN RETIREMENT TRUST

          This Trust Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of
August 1, 1994 (the "Effective Date"), by and between The William Carter
Company, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and Wachovia Bank of
Georgia, N.A. ("Wachovia"), and its successor or successors or assigns in the
Trust, as trustee (the "Trustee").

          The Company desires to establish a trust (the "Trust") for the purpose
of accumulating assets to provide benefits to Frederick J. Rowan, II
("Executive") under the Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement
Agreement entered into as of November 1, 1993 (the "SER Agreement") between the
Company and Executive, and to provide for the payment of expenses of the Trust.

          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

          1.1 CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

          "AFTER-TAX BENEFIT" means, with respect to any amount to be paid to
Executive, the amount to be paid to the Executive less the Tax Cost of such
payment.

          "CHANGE OF CONTROL" has the meaning given such term in the Employment
Agreement.

          "CHANGE OF CONTROL FUNDING AMOUNT" means, as of the date of the
consummation of any transaction constituting a Change of Control, the actuarial
present value as of such date (computed using the assumptions set forth in
paragraph 19 of the SER Agreement) of (i) the Maximum Benefit (as adjusted in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 13(a) of the SER Agreement assuming
Executive terminates his employment with the Company on the later to occur of
such date of consummation of such transaction or the date Executive attains age
60) payable in connection with an early commencement of benefits if Executive
were to commence receipt of benefits upon attaining age 60 (or, if later, the
date of such contribution) and (ii) the projected future cost of the Company's
obligations under paragraph 21 of the SER Agreement (assuming the Executive
commences receipt of benefits upon the later to occur of such date of
determination or the date Executive attains age 60) based on prevailing federal,
state and local tax rates.



          "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "COMMENCEMENT DATE" means the earlier of (i) the date that payment of
benefits provided for in this Agreement (excluding those described in paragraph
21 of the SER Agreement) commence and (ii) the date that Executive attains age
65.

          "COMPANY" means The William Carter Company and any successor by reason
of merger, consolidation, the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company or otherwise.

          "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Employment
Agreement dated as of November 1, 1993 among Executive, the Company and Carter
Holdings Corp., a Massachusetts corporation.

          "FULL FUNDING AMOUNT" means, as of any date of determination, the
actuarial present value as of such date (computed using the assumptions set
forth in paragraph 19 of the SER Agreement) of (i) the Maximum Benefit payable
under the Standard Form of Payment (as adjusted in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 13(a) of the SER Agreement if Executive's employment has
terminated prior to such date) and (ii) the projected future cost of the
Company's obligations under paragraph 21 of the SER Agreement (assuming the
Executive commences receipt of benefits upon attaining age 65) based on
prevailing federal, state and local tax rates.

          "INDEPENDENT CONSULTANT" means any accounting, actuarial, benefits,
tax or other consulting firm selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable
to Executive that is (a) competent to make the determination or determinations
required hereunder and (b) is not affiliated with, and has no pecuniary interest
in, either Executive or the Company (provided that such Independent Consultant's
right to receive payment for its services from the Company shall not constitute
a pecuniary interest in the Company).

          "INITIAL POLICY AMOUNT" means an amount that, as of the Effective
Date, equals two-eighths (2/8) of the Full Funding Amount, determined as of the
Effective Date by the Company in its sole discretion.

          "INSOLVENCY EVENT" means (i) the entry by a court having jurisdiction
over the matter of an order or decree for relief in respect of the Company in
any involuntary case under federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws, of an
order or decree appointing a receiver, liquidator, custodian or trustee for the
Company or for all or substantially all of its assets or of an order or decree
of liquidation of the Company, which order or decree remains unstayed and in
effect for a period of 60 consecutive days, or (ii) the commencement by the
Company of a

                                      - 2 -


voluntary case under federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws or the
consent by the Company to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, custodian
or trustee for the Company or for all or substantially all of its assets, or a
voluntary liquidation by the Company or a voluntary assignment by the Company of
all or substantially all of its assets for the benefit of its creditors.

          "LC EXPIRY DATE" means the first to occur of (i) the date the Company
makes the last required Annual Contribution pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, (ii)
the date the Company contributes the Change of Control Funding Amount to the
Trust pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof, (iii) the date that Executive's employment
with the Company is terminated for Cause (as defined in, and in accordance with
the procedures set forth in, the Employment Agreement), and (iv) the date the
undrawn Letter of Credit Amount is drawn in full by the Trustee.

          "MAXIMUM BENEFIT" means that annual amount distributed by the Trust to
Executive after commencement of benefits under the SER Agreement which will
yield an annual After-Tax Benefit that is equal to the After-Tax Benefit that
would be realized by Executive if the Company were to pay Executive a
fully-taxable benefit of $385,000 a year during the same period in the Standard
Form of Payment. The Maximum Benefit payable under any other form of payment (or
with respect to any other beneficiary or beneficiaries) will be the amount which
is actuarially equivalent (determined based on the provisions of paragraph 19 of
the SER Agreement) to the Maximum Benefit payable under the Standard Form of
Payment.

          "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means (i) obligations of the United States
government, (ii) certificates of deposit issued by a commercial bank having an
office or place of business in the United States and having combined capital,
surplus and undivided profits of at least $100,000,000 and (iii) commercial
paper rated no lower than "A-1" by Standard & Poor Corp. or "P-1" by Moody's
Investment Service, Inc., in each case, which have a maturity date of 270 days
or less from the date of investment.

          "POLICY" means a life insurance contract on the life of Executive
which names the Trust as the sole beneficiary.

          "STANDARD FORM OF PAYMENT" means the payments payable under a 50%
joint and survivor annuity based on (i) the life expectancies of Executive and
his spouse as of the date of this Agreement and (ii) the assumption that
Executive is continuously employed by the Company through age 65 and commences
receipt of benefits upon his attaining age 65.

          "TAX COST" means, with respect to any amount received (or to be
received) by Executive in any taxable year, the aggregate amount of all foreign,
federal, state and local income

                                      - 3 -


taxes and any related "payroll" taxes that would be payable by Executive as a
result of his receipt of such amount (assuming that such amount (or the portion
of the amount received that is taxable) would be taxed at the highest applicable
marginal foreign, federal, state and local income tax rates for ordinary income
in effect at the time specified in the following sentence). For purposes of
calculating the applicable Maximum Benefit to determine the amount of any
contribution to be made to the Trust under Article III, the relevant Tax Cost
shall be determined using income tax rates in effect at the time of (or for the
period covered by) the determination.

          "TRUST FUND" means, as of any date of determination, all property of
every kind held by the Trustee in trust as of such date under the provisions of
this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                               CREATION OF TRUST;
                             APPOINTMENT OF TRUSTEE

          2.1 CREATION OF TRUST. The Company, as grantor, hereby declares and
establishes this trust (this "Trust") under the laws of the State of Georgia for
the purposes set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this
Agreement.

          2.2 NAME OF TRUST. The Trust created by this Agreement shall be known
as "The Frederick J. Rowan Retirement Trust."

          2.3 APPOINTMENT OF TRUSTEE. The Company hereby appoints Wachovia as
initial trustee of the Trust. By its execution of this Agreement, Wachovia
accepts the trust created by this Agreement and agrees to serve as trustee of
the Trust for the term of, and on the terms and conditions set forth in, this
Agreement.

          2.4 IRREVOCABLE TRUST. The Trust established hereby, and the
contributions to the Trust made pursuant to Article III, shall be irrevocable.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in the SER
Agreement, the Company shall have no right to, or claim against, the corpus or
income of the Trust Fund.

                                      - 4 -


                                   ARTICLE III

                           CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TRUST

          3.1 INITIAL CONTRIBUTION. On the Effective Date, the Company shall
contribute a Policy to the Trust with a cash surrender value that equals or
exceeds the Initial Policy Amount.

          3.2 ANNUAL CONTRIBUTIONS. Subject to the other provisions of this
Agreement (including Section 3.3 hereof) and of the SER Agreement, the Company
shall make annual cash contributions to the Trust on or before December 31 of
each calendar year ending after January 1, 1994 with the last contribution to be
made to the Trust on or before December 31, 1999 (each, an "Annual
Contribution") in an amount equal to the product of (i) the difference of (A)
the Full Funding Amount as of the date of contribution LESS (B) the amount or
market value of the assets comprising the Trust Fund as of such date MULTIPLIED
BY (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the difference of 8 MINUS the
number of remaining Annual Contributions to be made to the Trust pursuant to
this Section 3.2 (excluding the Annual Contribution for which such determination
is being made), and the denominator of which is 8.

          3.3 CONTRIBUTION UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL. Notwithstanding Section 3.2,
in the event of a Change of Control prior to the Executive's termination of
employment, the Company shall contribute to the Trust as of the closing date of
such transaction an amount in cash that as of such date, equals the difference
of (i) the Change of Control Funding Amount, LESS (ii) the amount or market
value of the assets comprising the Trust Fund. Once the Company has made the
contribution required by this Section 3.3 (or the Trustee has made a draw
against the Letter of Credit in respect of the Company's contribution obligation
under this Section 3.3), the Company shall have no further obligation to make
contributions to the Trust.

          3.4 SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRIBUTIONS. The Company may contribute amounts to
the Trust in addition to those required by the other Sections of this Article
III at such times and in such amounts as the Company determines in its sole
discretion.

          3.5 DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTION. The amount of any contribution to
be made to the Trust under Section 3.2 or 3.3 shall be determined by an
Independent Consultant, which shall be retained by the Company and shall report
its determination in writing to the Company and Executive not later than fifteen
(15) days prior to the date by which the Annual Contribution is to be made, or
the date upon which the transaction constituting a Change of Control is to be
consummated, as applicable and which determination shall be final and binding
upon the Company and the Executive. To the extent the Independent Consultant
determines

                                      - 5 -


that at any time or for any period for which the Company would otherwise be
required to make a contribution to the Trust, no contribution is required based
on such actuarial determination, the Company shall not, subject to the terms
below, be required to make an contribution to the Trust at such time or for such
period. Not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the date by which the Annual
Contribution is to be made, or the date upon which the transaction constituting
a Change of Control is to be consummated, as applicable, the Company shall cause
the Independent Consultant to give the Trustee written notice (which, if the
Company's contribution obligation is triggered by a Change of Control
transaction, shall include a brief description provided by the Company of the
transaction and the expected closing date of such transaction) setting forth the
Independent Consultant's determination of the amount of the contribution
required by Section 3.2 or 3.3, as applicable, upon the date of the Annual
Contribution or the consummation of such Change of Control transaction, as
applicable.

          3.6 SECURITY FOR MANDATORY CONTRIBUTIONS.

          (a) Beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the LC Expiry Date,
the Company shall continuously maintain an irrevocable letter of credit in favor
of the Trust (the "Letter of Credit") substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A
attached hereto and initially drawable by the Trustee for an amount not less
than an amount (the "Letter of Credit Amount") equal to the result of (i) the
greater of the Full Funding Amount or the Change of Control Funding Amount as of
the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit PLUS (ii) the aggregate amount of
all contributions actually made by the Company to the Trust during the preceding
twelve months MINUS (iii) the amount or fair value of the assets comprising the
Trust Fund as of the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Company
shall cause an Independent Consultant to determine the Letter of Credit Amount
with respect to any such Letter of Credit which Independent Consultant shall
report its determination in writing to the Company and the Executive at least 30
days prior to the expiration of any existing Letter of Credit. In the event that
the Independent Consultant fails to report its determination prior to such date,
the then existing Letter of Credit shall continue to be renewed at the then
existing Letter of Credit Amount until such time as such determination is made
and a replacement Letter of Credit is issued.

          (b) The Company shall notify the Trustee promptly of the occurrence of
an Insolvency Event or a Change of Control. Upon receipt of written notice of a
Change of Control or an Insolvency Event from the Company prior to the LC Expiry
Date, the Trustee shall promptly draw against the Letter of Credit the undrawn
portion of the Letter of Credit Amount (or such lesser amount to which the
Executive may consent, in writing) and apply such amount as provided in Article
IV hereto.

                                      - 6 -


          (c) If, with respect to any Letter of Credit due to expire prior to
the LC Expiry Date, the Company has not delivered to the Trustee a renewal
Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of Section 3.6 (a) at least ten (10)
business days prior to the expiration of the existing Letter of Credit, the
Trustee shall promptly draw against the Letter of Credit the undrawn portion of
the Letter of Credit Amount and apply such amount as provided in Article IV
hereto.

          (d) If the Company fails to make any Annual Contribution when due, the
Trustee shall promptly draw against the Letter of Credit the amount of the
Annual Contributions then due and apply such amount as provided in Article IV
hereto, based on the amount of the contribution specified in the notice
delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.5 regarding such Annual
Contribution; PROVIDED, that if no such notice has been delivered the Trustee
shall promptly draw against the Letter of Credit an amount equal to the prior
year's Annual Contribution.

          3.7 INSUFFICIENT FUNDS FOR PREMIUM PAYMENTS. Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, the Trustee shall have no obligation to pay premiums
due and payable under the Policy or to notify any person of the non-payment of
such premiums. In the event that (a) the Trustee receives written notice from
the person issuing the Policy that the premiums owing under the Policy are in
default and (b) the amounts otherwise available to the Trustee pursuant to this
Article III are insufficient to cure such default, then the Trustee will give
the Company written notice of such default and, unless the Company otherwise
directs in writing, (i) the Trustee shall apply any income of this Trust and, if
necessary, principal of this Trust to the payment of such premiums and (ii) if
the income and principal of this Trust are insufficient for this purpose, the
Trustee is then authorized to apply any dividends received on the Policy to the
payment of premiums thereon, to borrow against the Policy for the payment of
premiums due thereon, or to exercise any other rights, powers, options or
privileges available under the Policy, or to take any other action the Trustee
may deem necessary in the interest of, and consistent with the purposes of, the
Trust.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                         INVESTMENT OF TRUST FUND ASSETS

          4.1 REPLACEMENT OF POLICY. The Company may, at any time and in its
discretion, give the Trustee written direction to (a) exchange any existing
Policy for a different Policy or Policies on the Executive's life or (b) cash
in, in whole or in part, the existing Policy and purchase a different Policy or
Policies on the Executive's life. If the Trustee is so directed, the Company
shall identify the type of Policy, determine the

                                      - 7 -


level of benefits to be purchased, and specify the insurance provider from which
the Trustee is to purchase the Policy . Any such replacement Policy shall have a
cash value and death benefit equal to or exceeding those of the existing Policy
and shall be issued by a company with an A.M. Best rating equal to or exceeding
that of the insurer issuing the existing Policy as of the date of this
Agreement.

          4.2 INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, and unless otherwise directed by the Company, the Trustee shall
invest any cash contribution received from the Company (or any amount drawn
against the Letter of Credit) first to pay Policy premiums due at the time the
contribution is received and then to prepay future premiums to become due on the
Policy; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee will not make any payment of Policy
premiums to the extent that such amount, together with all other premium
payments made prior thereto, would equal or exceed an amount that would cause
the Policy to fail the 7-Pay Test of Section 7702A (b) of the Code. All such
amounts which are not invested to pay or prepay Policy premiums ("Excess Funds")
will be invested by the Trustee pursuant to the Company's written direction. Any
unvested Excess Funds may be invested by the Trustee in Permitted Investments
pending the Trustee's receipt of investment instructions from the Company.

                                    ARTICLE V

                        DISTRIBUTION OF TRUST FUND ASSETS

          5.1 BENEFIT PAYMENTS. Subject to the following provisions of this
Article V, as of the commencement date of any benefits (as determined under
Section 5.2) payable under the SER Agreement, the Trustee shall commence
distribution of such benefits in such form and in such amount as the Company
directs is payable to the Executive or his beneficiaries, and:

          (a) the Trustee shall make no distribution to Executive or his
beneficiaries in excess of the amount which the Company directs is payable to
Executive or his beneficiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that
Executive contends that additional amounts are due under the SER Agreement,
Executive may, within thirty (30) days after receipt of any distribution,
require the Company to retain an Independent Consultant to determine whether
additional amounts are owed, and the Independent Consultant's determination
(which shall be delivered in writing to the Company, Executive and the Trustee)
shall be final and binding;

          (b) the Trustee shall have no responsibility to inquire as to whether
a payee is entitled to the payment, or as

                                      - 8 -


to whether a payment is proper, and shall have no liability for a payment made
in good faith without actual notice or knowledge of the changed condition or
status of the payee;

          (c) if any check for any payment directed to be made from the Trust
Fund has been mailed by the Trustee, by regular United States mail, to the last
address of the payee furnished to the Trustee and is returned unclaimed, the
Trustee shall notify the Company of that fact and re-invest the unclaimed
payment as if it were Excess Funds (and in no event shall the Trustee be liable
or responsible for unclaimed payments); and

          (d) the Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine any taxes
which may be payable from any payments made by the Trustee and shall be entitled
to rely on the Company's determination; the Trustee shall not be required to
reserve any amount from any payment to pay any estate, inheritance, income or
other tax, charge or assessment attributable to any payment unless so directed
by the Company; however it may require such indemnity from the intended payee as
the Trustee shall deem necessary for its protection.

          5.2 COMMENCEMENT DATE. The date upon which payment of benefits will
commence, and the form and amount of payment from the Trust of Executive's
benefits with respect to the SER Agreement shall be determined by the Company in
accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement and the SER Agreement. The
Company shall direct the Trustee when Executive's benefits must commence under
the SER Agreement.

          5.3 EXECUTIVE'S INCOME TAXES. In accordance with the terms of the SER
Agreement, the Company may direct the Trustee to distribute funds from the Trust
to the Executive from time to time prior to the Commencement Date for the
purpose of satisfying the Company's obligations under paragraph 21 of the SER
Agreement. The form, amount, and timing of payments made pursuant to this
paragraph shall be determined by the Company in accordance with the terms of the
SER Agreement.

          5.4 SOURCE OF FUNDS DISTRIBUTED. Funds distributed pursuant to
Sections 5.1 and 5.3 shall be withdrawn from Trust assets in the following
order: first, from cash or Permitted Investments; second, from other Excess
Funds invested pursuant to the Company's direction; third, from the Policy as
withdrawals to the extent of available adjusted basis; fourth, from the Policy
as loans against the Policy.

          5.5 REVERSION OF OVERFUNDING.

          (a) Upon the expiration of one year after full payment to or with
respect to Executive of all payments required to be made under the SER Agreement
to or with respect to Executive, the Trustee shall return all residual assets of
the Trust Fund to the

                                      - 9 -


Company; PROVIDED that no such distribution shall be made unless and until the
Company obtains a written determination from an Independent Consultant that all
such payments have been made and delivers such written determination to the
Executive (or his beneficiaries, as applicable). Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, if an Insolvency Event occurs during the one-year period set
forth above, then the Trustee shall withhold from any assets distributed to the
Company an amount not less than the aggregate payments made by the Company to or
with respect to Executive during the one-year period immediately preceding the
Insolvency Event.

          (b) In addition, the Company, may at any time direct the Trustee to
return to the Company any amount of actuarial overfunding in the Trust
(regardless of whether Executive is then entitled to commence receipt of
benefits under the SER Agreement). For purposes of this paragraph, actuarial
overfunding shall be deemed to exist only if the value of the assets in the
Trust exceed the sum of (i) all amounts necessary to satisfy all amounts payable
to or with respect to Executive under the SER Agreement and (ii) the aggregate
amount of all contributions, if any, made by the Company during the preceding
twelve months. The Company shall retain an Independent Consultant to determine
the amount of actuarial overfunding, and such Independent Consultant's
determination of the amount of actuarial overfunding shall be delivered in
writing to the Company, the Executive and the Trustee and shall be final and
binding.

          5.6 BENEFITS MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR ALIENATED. The interests of
Executive or his beneficiaries under the Trust may not be voluntarily or
involuntarily assigned, alienated or encumbered.

          5.7 DISTRIBUTIONS OF NET INCOME. Except as and to the extent expressly
required by the provisions of this Agreement, the Trustee shall not be required
to make periodic distributions of net income derived from the Trust. Without
limiting the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be subject to the requirements of
Section 53-12-190 (c) of the Official Code of Georgia Annotated, or any
successor provision, or any similar common law duty.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   TAX MATTERS

          6.1 TRUST TAX LIABILITY. The Trust shall be liable for all taxes owed
as a result of the income earned by the Trust Fund.

                                     - 10 -


          6.2 WITHHOLDING REQUIREMENTS. The Trustee shall withhold Federal,
state and local taxes which are required to be withheld with respect to amounts
paid to or on account of the Executive at such rate as may be determined by the
Company. The Company's determination of the amount of withholding, either as the
appropriate rate under applicable laws, or such larger amounts as may be
requested by the Executive, shall be conclusive and may be relied on by the
Trustee. The Trustee shall transmit the amount withheld to the Company, who
shall transmit the amount withheld to the applicable taxing authority. The
Trustee shall furnish to the Company, which shall transmit to the Executive (or
his beneficiaries, as applicable) all withholding and benefit payment
information as soon as practicable after the end of each calendar year. The
Company shall provide the Trustee with all necessary information in order for
the Trustee to comply with this Section 6.2.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                             RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING

          7.1 RECORDS. The Trustee shall maintain records with respect to the
Trust Fund that show all its receipts and disbursements hereunder. The records
of the Trustee with respect to the Trust Fund shall be open to inspection by the
Company, the Executive or their respective representatives, at all reasonable
times during normal business hours of the Trustee and may be audited not more
frequently than once each fiscal year by an independent certified public
accountant engaged by the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Trustee shall be
entitled to additional compensation from the Company in respect of audits or
auditors' requests which the Trustee determines to exceed the ordinary course of
the usual scope of such examinations of its records.

          7.2 ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE. Within a reasonable time after the close of
each fiscal year of the Company (or, in the Trustee's discretion, at more
frequent intervals), or of any termination of the duties of the Trustee
hereunder, the Trustee shall prepare and deliver to the Company and Executive a
statement of transactions reflecting its acts and transactions as Trustee during
such fiscal year, portion thereof or during such period from the close of the
last fiscal year or last statement period to the termination of the Trustee's
duties, respectively, including a statement of the then current value of the
Trust Fund. In the preparation of its statement to the Company, the Trustee
shall be entitled to rely on the report of any investment manager for an
accounting of funds in the custody of such investment manager and shall not be
required to make independent investigation of the transactions underlying such
report. Any such statement shall be deemed an account stated and accepted and
approved by the Company, and the Trustee shall be relieved and

                                     - 11 -


discharged, as if such account had been settled and allowed by a judgment or
decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, unless protested by written notice
to the Trustee within sixty (60) days of receipt thereof by the Company.

          The Trustee shall have the right to apply at any time to a court of
competent jurisdiction for judicial settlement of any account of the Trustee not
previously settled as herein provided or for the determination of any questions
of construction or for instructions. In any such action or proceeding it shall
be necessary to join as parties only the Trustee and the Company (although the
Trustee may also join such other parties as it may deem appropriate), and any
judgment or decree entered therein shall be conclusive.

          7.3 TRUST TAX RETURNS. For each taxable year of the Trust, the Trustee
shall timely file the applicable income tax returns (and all other forms, if
any, to governmental agencies required to be made) with respect to the Trust and
shall promptly provide the Company and Executive with copies of such income tax
returns (and other forms).

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   THE TRUSTEE

          8.1 GENERAL POWERS AND DUTIES. Subject to the limitations imposed by
Article IV and the other provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Trust
Fund, the Trustee shall have the following powers, rights and duties in addition
to those provided elsewhere in this Agreement or by law:

          (a) to receive and hold all contributions paid to it under the SER
Agreement;

          (b) to deposit any part or all of the cash and other property of this
Trust in any common trust fund or other collective investment fund maintained by
the Trustee for trust investment purposes;

          (c) to invest and reinvest the Trust Fund in property of any kind,
real or personal;

          (d) to manage, operate, sell, contract to sell, convey, exchange,
partition, transfer, abandon and otherwise deal with all property, real or
personal, in such manner, for such considerations, and on such terms and
conditions as the Trustee shall decide;

          (e) to retain in cash (pending investment, reinvestment or payment of
benefits) any reasonable portion of the Trust

                                     - 12 -


Fund and to deposit cash in any depository, including the banking department of
any bank acting as Trustee;

          (f) to compromise, contest, arbitrate, settle or abandon claims and
demands;

          (g) to begin, maintain or defend any litigation necessary in
connection with the administration of the Trust;

          (h) to have all rights of an individual owner, including the power to
give proxies, to vote stocks, to join in or oppose (alone or jointly with
others) voting trusts, mergers, consolidations, foreclosures, reorganization,
recapitalizations or liquidations, and to exercise or sell stock subscription or
conversion rights;

          (i) to hold securities or other property in the name of the Trustee or
any nominee or nominees of the Trustee, or in such other form as the Trustee
shall determine, with or without disclosing the Trust relationship, provided
that the records of the Trustee shall indicate the actual ownership of such
securities or other property;

          (j) to deposit securities with a corporate depository, in which event
the certificates representing securities, including those in bearer form, may be
held in bulk form with, and may be merged into, certificates of the same class
of the same issuer which constitute assets of other accounts or owners, without
certification as to the ownership attached; provided that the Trustee shall at
all times maintain a separate and distinct record of the securities owned by the
Trust Fund;

          (k) to participate in and use a book-entry system for the deposit and
transfer of securities;

          (l) to retain any funds or property subject to any dispute without
liability for the payment of interest, or to decline to make payment or delivery
thereof until final adjudication is made by a court of competent jurisdiction;

          (m) to employ agents, attorneys, investment counsel, accountants or
other persons for such purposes as the Trustee considers desirable;

          (n) to furnish the Company a report, no less frequently than annually,
regarding the fair market value of the Trust Fund and the earnings and losses
for the reporting period and with such information in the Trustee's possession
as the Company may need for tax or other purposes; and

          (o) to perform any and all other acts which are, in the Trustee's
judgment, necessary or appropriate for the proper

                                     - 13 -


and advantageous management, investment and distribution of the Trust Fund.

          8.2 LIABILITY OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be liable for any act
or failure to act under this Agreement unless such action or failure to act was
negligent, in bad faith, or constituted willful misconduct and, in any event,
the Trustee shall not be liable to the beneficiaries of the Trust or to any
other party for any losses due to the Trustee's failure to observe the "prudent
person" standard of Section 53-8-2 of the Official Code of Georgia Annotated, or
any successor or similar standard arising hereafter under Georgia law, with
respect to any act or omission in (i) determining whether any Policy is or
remains a proper investment, (ii) exercising policy options available under any
Policy, or (iii) diversifying any Policy. This Section 8.2 shall not in any way
restrict the exercise of the powers given to the Trustee with respect to the
Policy or limit the Trustee's liability for breach of trust arising out of the
Trustee's failure to perform any express duties imposed on it pursuant to
Article III or IV of this Agreement or pursuant to any other provision of this
Agreement with respect to the Policy or the Trust Fund.

          8.3 COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES. All reasonable costs, charges and
expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration of the
Trust, including such reasonable compensation of the Trustee as may be agreed
upon from time to time between the Company and the Trustee, shall be paid from
the Trust Fund unless paid or advanced by the Company. The Trustee shall also
pay such expenses in connection with the administration of the SER Agreement as
may be directed by the Company and shall be fully protected in making such
payments from the assets of the Trust Fund pursuant to written direction from
the Company.

          8.4 INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by law and except as
provided in paragraph 8.2, no person (including the Trustee, any former or
future Trustee, and any present, former or future director, officer, or employee
of the Company or a Trustee) shall be personally liable for any act done or
omitted to be done in good faith in the administration of the SER Agreement or
this Agreement or the investment of the Trust Fund. To the extent permitted by
law, each present, former or future director, officer, or employee of the
Company or a Trustee and each present or former Trustee shall be indemnified and
saved harmless by the Company (to the extent not indemnified or saved harmless
under any liability insurance or other indemnification arrangement with respect
to the SER Agreement or this Trust) from and against any and all claims of
liability to which they are subjected by reason of any act done or omitted to be
done in good faith in connection with the administration of the SER Agreement or
this Trust or the investment of the Trust Fund, including all expenses
reasonably incurred in their defense if the Company fails to provide such
defense; provided, that no present, former

                                     - 14 -


or future Trustee which is not an individual shall be indemnified and saved
harmless by the Company with respect to claims of liability which are based on
or caused by such Trustee's negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

          8.5 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE. A Trustee may resign at any
time by giving thirty (30) days' advance written notice to the Company, and the
Company may remove any Trustee by giving thirty (30) days' advance written
notice to the Trustee.

          8.6 APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE. In the event of the resignation
or removal of a Trustee, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by the Company
as soon as practicable. Notice of any such appointment shall be given by the
Company to the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee.

          8.7 DUTIES OF RETIRING AND SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE. In the event of the
resignation or removal of a Trustee, the retiring Trustee shall promptly furnish
to the Company and the successor Trustee a final account of his administration
of the Trust. A successor Trustee shall succeed to the right and title of the
predecessor Trustee in the assets of the Trust Fund, and the retiring Trustee
shall deliver the property comprising the Trust Fund to the successor Trustee
together with any instruments of transfer, conveyance, assignment and further
assurance as the successor trustee may reasonably require. Each successor shall
have all the powers, rights and duties conferred by this Agreement as if
originally named a Trustee. To the extent permitted by law, no successor Trustee
shall be personally liable for any act or failure to act of a predecessor
Trustee. A successor Trustee shall not have any duty that may otherwise be
imposed by law to pursue any claim against any predecessor Trustee for loss
arising from such predecessor's failure to observe the "prudent person" standard
of Section 53-8-2 of the Official Code of Georgia Annotated, or any successor or
similar standard arising hereafter under Georgia law, with respect to any act or
omission in (i) determining whether any Policy acquired or maintained by the
predecessor trustee was or remained a proper investment, (ii) exercising policy
options available under any such Policy, or (iii) diversifying any such Policy
(in each case, to the extent that this Agreement exculpates the predecessor
Trustee from liability in respect of such act or omission), and a successor
Trustee shall not be personally liable to the beneficiaries of the Trust or to
any other party for any loss resulting from a failure to pursue any such claim.
The preceding sentence shall not in any way restrict a successor Trustee's power
or a beneficiary's right to pursue any such claim against a predecessor Trustee.

                                     - 15 -


                                   ARTICLE IX

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

          9.1 AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the
Company with the consent of the Executive; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee's
duties, obligations, rights and liabilities under this Agreement may not be
adversely affected thereby without the Trustee's prior written consent.

          9.2 TERMINATION. The Agreement shall not terminate until the date on
which all benefits payable under the Trust and all expenses have been paid. If
the SER Agreement is terminated, all of the provisions of the Trust evidenced by
this Agreement, as applied to the SER Agreement, nevertheless shall continue in
effect until the Trust Fund has been distributed in full by the Trustee.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          10.1 DISAGREEMENT AS TO ACTS. If there is a disagreement between the
Trustee and anyone as to any act or transaction reported in any accounting, the
Trustee shall have the right to have its account settled by a court of competent
jurisdiction.

          10.2 PERSONS DEALING WITH TRUSTEE. No person dealing with the Trustee
shall be required to see to the application of any money paid or property
delivered to the Trustee or to determine whether or not the Trustee is acting
pursuant to any authority granted under this Agreement.

          10.3 EVIDENCE. Evidence required of anyone under this Agreement may be
by certificate, affidavit, document or other instrument which the person acting
in reliance thereon considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or
presented by the proper party.

          10.4 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Any notice required under this Agreement may be
waived by the person entitled thereto.

          10.5 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and no other
counterpart need be produced.

          10.6 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed and administered
according to the laws of the State of Georgia.

                                     - 16 -


          10.7 SUCCESSORS, ETC. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding on the Company and the Trustee and its successors and on all persons
entitled to benefits under the SER Agreement or the Trust and their respective
heirs and legal representatives.

          10.8 SERVICE OF LEGAL PROCESS. If a Trustee receives service of
summons, subpoena or other legal process of any court with respect to any action
relating to the SER Agreement or this Agreement, it shall, as soon as
practicable, inform the Company of such service and, at the request of the
Company, the Trustee shall promptly provide the Company with a copy of the
document served.

          10.10 ACTION BY COMPANY. Any action taken by the Company in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement shall be by resolution of the Board of
Directors of the Company or any person or persons authorized by resolution of
the Board of Directors of the Company.

          10.11 DIRECTIONS TO TRUSTEE. Directions to the Trustee from the
Company shall be in writing signed by any of the persons authorized by the Board
of Directors of the Company to administer the SER Agreement covered by the
Agreement, or any persons to whom authority is in writing delegated by such
appointed persons.

          10.12 ARBITRATION. Any dispute under this Agreement that the parties
are unable to resolve themselves, shall be submitted for binding arbitration
pursuant to the rules, as may be amended or restated from time to time, of the
American Arbitration Association except as modified below. The Company and
Executive shall each select one arbitrator. The two arbitrators so selected
shall select a third. No arbitrator may be related to, employed by or otherwise
associated with the Company or Executive. The decision of the arbitrators shall
be final and not subject to review by any court.

                  [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
                            [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

                                     - 17 -


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                           THE WILLIAM CARTER COMPANY


                                           By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                               ---------------------------------
                                           Its:  Chairman
                                                --------------------------------

                                           WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.,
                                           as Trustee


                                           By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                           Its:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                William E. Moore
                                                Vice President - Investment
                                                  Manager

                                     - 18 -


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                           THE WILLIAM CARTER COMPANY


                                           By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                           Its:
                                                --------------------------------

                                           WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.,
                                           as Trustee


                                           By: /s/ William E. Moore
                                               ---------------------------------
                                           Its: VP & Investment Manager
                                                --------------------------------
                                                William E. Moore
                                                Vice President - Investment
                                                  Manager

                                     - 18 -



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                               TRUST AGREEMENT FOR
                     THE FREDERICK J. ROWAN RETIREMENT TRUST

     This Amendment ("Amendment") is made this 30 day of October, 1996, by The
William Carter Company, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), with the
approval of Frederick J. Rowan, II (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and Wachovia Bank of Georgia, N.A. ("Trustee") entered
into a Trust Agreement ("Agreement") as of August 1, 1994, for the purpose of
funding benefits for Executive under the Amended and Restated Supplemental
Executive Retirement Agreement dated as of November 1, 1993 ("SER Agreement");
and

     WHEREAS, in connection with the pending acquisition of the Company (and/or
Carter Holdings Corp., a Massachusetts corporation ("Holdings")) pursuant to the
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 18, 1996 by and between TWCC
Acquisition Corporation and the Company ("Merger"), the Company desires to amend
the Agreement to delete all provisions relating to a current or future Change of
Control, and the Executive has consented to such amendment; and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Agreement, the Company may
unilaterally amend the Agreement with the consent of the Executive, provided
that such amendment does not adversely affect the Trustee without the Trustee's
consent; and

     WHEREAS, this Amendment does not adversely affect the Trustee;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows, effective as of the
day and year first written above.

     1.   DEFINITIONS. Unless expressly defined in this Amendment, the
capitalized terms used herein have the definitions attributed to them in the
Agreement, and the definitions of these terms in the Agreement are incorporated
herein by reference.

     2.   NO CHANGE OF CONTROL. The acquisition of the Company (and/or Holdings)
to be effected pursuant to the Merger will not trigger any additional rights,
vesting, benefits, or funding under the Agreement (or the SER Agreement),
notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement or the SER Agreement to the
contrary.

     3.   CHANGE OF CONTROL FUNDING AMOUNT. The definition of "Change of Control
Funding Amount" in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its
entirety.

     4.   CONTRIBUTION UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL. Section 3.3 of the Agreement,
entitled "Contribution Upon Change of Control," is hereby deleted in its
entirety.



     5.   DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTION. Section 3.5 of the Agreement is amended
to delete all Change of Control references, and, as amended, shall read as
follows:

          3.5     DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTION. The amount of any contribution
to be made to the Trust under Section 3.2 shall be determined by an Independent
Consultant, which shall be retained by the Company and shall report its
determination in writing to the Company and Executive not later than fifteen
(15) days prior to the date by which the Annual Contribution is to be made, and
which determination shall be final and binding upon the Company and the
Executive. To the extent the Independent Consultant determines that at any time
or for any period for which the Company would otherwise be required to make a
contribution to the Trust, no contribution is required based on such actuarial
determination, the Company shall not, subject to the terms below, be required to
make a contribution to the Trust at such time or for such period. Not later than
fifteen(15) days prior to the date by which the Annual Contribution is to be
made, the Company shall cause the Independent Consultant to give the Trustee
written notice setting forth the Independent Consultant's determination of the
amount of the contribution required by Section 3.2 upon the date of the Annual
Contribution.

     6.   SECURITY FOR MANDATORY CONTRIBUTIONS. Section 3.6(a) of the Agreement
is amended to delete the reference to "the Change of Control Funding Amount,"
and Section 3.6(b) of the Agreement is amended to delete all references to "a
Change of Control." As amended, Sections 3.6(a) and (b) shall read as follows:

          3.6     SECURITY FOR MANDATORY CONTRIBUTIONS.

          (a)     Beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the LC Expiry
Date, the Company shall continuously maintain an irrevocable letter of credit in
favor of the Trust (the "Letter of Credit") substantially in the form of EXHIBIT
A attached hereto and initially drawable by the Trustee for an amount net less
than an amount (the "Letter of Credit Amount") equal to the result of (i) the
Full Funding Amount as of the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit PLUS
(ii) the aggregate amount of all contributions actually made by the Company to
the Trust during the preceding twelve months MINUS (iii) the amount or fair
value of the assets comprising the Trust Fund as of the date of issuance of such
Letter of Credit. The Company shall cause an Independent Consultant to determine
the Letter of Credit Amount with respect to any such Letter of Credit which
Independent Consultant shall report its determination in writing to the Company
and the Executive at least 30 days prior to the expiration of any existing
Letter of Credit. In the event that the Independence Consultant fails to report
its determination prior to such date, the then existing Letter of Credit shall
continue to be renewed at the then existing Letter of Credit Amount until such
time as such determination is made and a replacement Letter of Credit is issued.

          (b)     The Company shall notify the Trustee promptly of the
occurrence of an Insolvency Event. Upon receipt of written notice of an
Insolvency Event from the Company prior to the LC Expiry Date, the Trustee shall
promptly draw against the Letter of Credit the undrawn portion of the Letter of
Credit Amount (or such lesser amount to which the Executive may consent, in
writing) and apply such amount as provided in Article IV hereto.

                                        2


     7.   CONTINUED EFFECTIVENESS. Except as provided by this Amendment, the
Agreement continues in full force and effect.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment and the
Executive has consented thereto effective as of the day and year first written
above.

                                               THE WILLIAM CARTER COMPANY



                                               By:  /s/ David A. Brown
                                                  ------------------------------
                                               Its:  Sr.V.P. - Secretary
                                                   -----------------------------



                                               AGREED AS TO FORM AND CONTENT:

                                               EXECUTIVE:

                                               /s/ Frederick J. Rowan
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               FREDERICK J. ROWAN, II

                                        3



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.21

                             SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

This Agreement, entered into this 21st day of September, 1992, by and between
The William Carter Company, Inc., (the "Corporation") organized and existing
under the laws of Commonwealth of Connecticut, and Frederick J. Rowan II, (the
"Employee").

Witnesseth:

WHEREAS, the "Employee" has rendered competent and faithful services on behalf
of the Corporation and the Corporation highly values the services, abilities and
accomplishments of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to encourage the Employee to continue to render
faithful and high quality services to the Corporation; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation is desirous of providing protection for the
beneficiaries of Employee in the event of his untimely death; and

WHEREAS, The Employee has applied for, and is the owner of Life Insurance Policy
Number 66891602 (the "Policy") in the specified face amount of $1,000,000 from
the John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company; and

WHEREAS, the Employee has assigned the Policy to the Corporation as collateral
for amounts to be advanced by the Corporation under this Agreement by an
instrument of assignment (the "Collateral Assignment") executed on September 21,
1992, and

WHEREAS, it is understood and agreed that this Agreement is to be considered
effective as of the date on which the Policy was issued by the Insurance Company
or the date of execution of this Agreement whichever is earlier.

NOW THEREFORE, for value received and in consideration of the mutual covenants
and agreements contained herein, the Corporation, for itself, its successors and
assigns, and the Employee for himself, his executors, administrators and
assigns, agree as follows:

                                        1


                                    Article I
                         Ownership Rights In The Policy

A.   The Employee shall have all of the ownership rights, options and privileges
     permitted by the Policy except those expressly granted to the Corporation
     by the terms of this Agreement.

B.   The Corporation has the right to borrow or to pledge the surrender value of
     the Policy to the extent of its interest specified in Paragraph C of this
     Article, and as permitted by the terms of the Policy.

C.   The Corporation's interest in the Policy shall be limited to:

     ... the total of the net premiums paid by the Corporation or the surrender
     value of the Policy, whichever is the lesser provided such amount is
     reduced by an indebtedness (on or secured by the Policy) which is
     attributable to borrowing by or on behalf of the Corporation.

                                   Article II
                             Premium Payment Options

     A.   The Corporation shall contribute the entire premium payable under the
          policy.

     B.   The Employee shall be charged with taxable income by reason of the
          economic benefit of the insurance protection received, as determined
          under Revenue Rulings 64-328, 1964-2 C.B. 11 and 66-100, 1966-1 C.B.
          12. The Corporation shall furnish the Employee a statement on Form W-2
          of his or her taxable income, including income, received under this
          plan.

                                   Article III
                      Division of Death Proceeds of Policy

In the event that the Employee shall die while this Agreement is in force, the
Corporation shall be entitled to receive from the Policy proceeds an amount
equal to the Corporation's interest in the Policy, as determined under Article
I.C. of this Agreement. The portion of the Policy proceeds which is in excess of
the amount paid to the Corporation shall be paid to the beneficiary named by the
Employee in accordance with the terms of the Policy as reflected in the records
of the insurance company.

                                        2


                                   Article IV
                                Policy Dividends

All dividends attributable to the Policy shall be applied to the purchase of
paid-up additional insurance from the Insurance Company. This additional
insurance will have a cash value of at least the amount of dividends used to
purchase it. Upon the death of the Insured, the additional insurance shall be
part of the Policy proceeds for purposes of this Agreement.

                                    Article V
                            Termination of Agreement

A.   This Agreement may be cancelled by either party at any time while the
     Employee is living, upon written notice thereof to the other party and
     shall automatically be cancelled upon termination of the Employee's
     employment during his/her lifetime with the Corporation. Upon such
     termination, the Employee shall have a 60-day option to pay the Corporation
     an amount equal to the Corporation's interest in the Policy under Article
     I.C. in return for the Corporation's release of any claim to the policy.
     If, within the 60-day period following the cancellation of this Agreement
     by the Employee or the Corporation, the Employee fails to exercise said
     option, then the Employee shall be deemed to have relinquished all rights
     in the Policy and the Corporation will be free to surrender or take any
     other action with respect to the Policy as it may desire. If the Employee
     fails to pay the Corporation within the 60-day option period, the Employee
     agrees upon request of the Corporation to execute any and all instruments
     that may be required to transfer all right, title, and interest in the
     Policy to the Corporation.

B.   Upon the division of death proceeds of the Policy pursuant to Article III
     above, this Agreement shall terminate.

                                   Article VI
              Conflict Between Collateral Assignment and Agreement

In the event that there shall be any conflict between this Agreement and the
Collateral Assignment, the Collateral Assignment shall take precedence over this
Agreement.

                                   Article VII
                                    Amendment

This agreement may be amended at any time and from time to time, by a written
instrument signed by the Corporation and the Employee.

                                        3


                                  Article VIII
                         Agreement Binding Upon Parties

This Agreement shall bind both the Corporation and the Employee, as well as
their heirs, successors, personal representatives and assigns.

                                   Article IX
                        Insurer Not a Party to Agreement

The Insurance Company shall not be deemed a party to this Agreement. Payment or
other performance of its contractual obligations in accordance with the Policy
provisions shall fully discharge the Insurance Company from any and all
liability.

                                    Article X
                                  Governing Law

This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and
any and all prior agreements are hereby superseded. The law of the State of
Connecticut shall govern this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have set their hands on the day and year
first hereinabove written.

     Employee /s/ Frederick J. Rowan         Witness  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
              -----------------------                 --------------------

     Corporation  The William Carter Co.     Witness  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                 ------------------------             --------------------

By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
     -----------------------
       Authorized Officer

                                        4


                              Collateral Assignment

For value received the undersigned Frederick J. Rowan II, hereafter called the
Assignor, hereby collaterally assigns and transfers to William Carter Company,
hereafter called the Assignee, or its legal representative policy numbered
66891602 issued by the John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, hereafter
called the Company, upon the life of Frederick J. Rowan II. This assignment of
the policy is made as collateral security for premiums now or hereafter advanced
on behalf of the Assignee by the Assignor under a Split Dollar Agreement between
Assignor and the Assignee dated                    .

This assignment shall be subject, however, to all the terms and conditions of
the said policy, and to any prior pledge or assignment thereof to the Company or
to any prior pledge or assignment which is binding on the Company.

The said assignee is authorized to borrow from the Policy surrender value to the
extent of it's interest as specified in the Split Dollar Agreement. All other
rights under the Policy shall be possessed by the Assignor.

Repayment as is stipulated in the Split Dollar Agreement shall constitute a
discharge of this assignment upon completion of a valid release of collateral
assignment by the Assignee.

The company is authorized upon surrender of the Policy by the Assignor, upon
death of the insured, or upon termination of the Split Dollar Agreement and
completion by the Assignor of a loan form or surrender form to pay the Assignee
its respective collateral interest as set forth in a written statement by the
Assignee filed with the Company. This statement shall be conclusive proof to the
Company of the Assignee's interest in the Policy.

The Company will pay the balance, if any, due under the Policy to the person or
persons entitled thereto under said Policy as shown on the Company's records.

The Assignor hereby warrants the validity of this assignment and that there are
no prior assignments of this Policy except as noted herein.

                                        1


It is hereby certified that no proceedings in bankruptcy or insolvency,
voluntary or involuntary have ever been instituted by or against the Assignor,
and that he is not under guardianship or any legal disability, except as
follows: None.

Date: September 21, 1992               Assignor : /s/ Frederick J. Rowan
     --------------------                         --------------------------

The John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company, without assuming any
responsibility for the validity or the sufficiency of the foregoing assignment,
has, on this date, filed a duplicate thereof at its Home Office.

                   JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Date: September 21, 1992               By:                         OCT 9 1992
     --------------------                 ------------------------
                                                  Secretary
                                                                 /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

                                        2


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports dated February 19, 2003, except for Notes 1 and 2 as to which the date is August 19, 2003, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Carter Holdings, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Stamford, CT
August 25, 2003




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


                                                                 Exhibit 23.3

                                  CONSENT

     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1
of our name and reference to, and inclusion of data contained in, our report
entitled "CARTER'S INFANT AND CHILDREN'S WEAR BRAND: AWARENESS & ATTITUDES,"
which appear in such Registration Statement.

                                      Fitzgerald & Co.

                                      By: /s/ Paul P. Gilberto
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name: Paul P. Gilberto
                                          Title: Sr. VP, Director of Planning

Dated: August 19, 2003



                                                                 Exhibit 23.4

                                    CONSENT


         We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form
S-1 of our name and reference to the data we compile regarding the baby and
young children's apparel market, which appear in such Registration Statement.



                                           NPD Group, Inc.

                                           By: /s/ Ron Friedman
                                              -------------------------------
                                              Name: Ron Friedman
                                              Title: Vice President

Dated: 8/19/03